Siemens SINAMICS G120XA Operating Instructions Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Media Converter
  5. SINAMICS G120XA
  6. Operating instructions manual
Siemens SINAMICS G120XA Operating Instructions Manual

Siemens SINAMICS G120XA Operating Instructions Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for SINAMICS G120XA:
1
2
3
4
Table Of Contents
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SINAMICS G120XA and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Siemens SINAMICS G120XA

Summary of Contents for Siemens SINAMICS G120XA

  • Page 3 Fundamental safety instructions Description Mounting SINAMICS Wiring SINAMICS G120XA SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Commissioning Upload of the converter settings Operating Instructions Protecting the converter settings Advanced commissioning Parameters Warnings, faults and system messages Corrective maintenance Technical data Appendix PROFINET & EtherNet/IP (PN) 12/2024, FW V1.05...

  • Page 4: Qualified Personnel

    Note the following: WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems.

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    OpenSSL ..........................28 2.2.3 Transferring OpenOSS license terms to a PC................ 29 Scope of delivery ....................... 30 Directives and standards ....................33 ID link and Siemens Online Support..................35 Device disposal ........................36 Optional components ......................37 2.7.1 External line filter....................... 37 2.7.2...
  • Page 6 Communication via PROFINET IO and Ethernet ..............138 4.2.9.2 Protocols used ......................... 139 4.2.9.3 Connecting the PROFINET cable to the converter .............. 141 4.2.9.4 What do you have to set for communication via PROFINET?..........141 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 7 Know-how protection ...................... 191 7.2.1 Extending the exception list for know-how protection ............194 7.2.2 Activating and deactivating know-how protection ............195 Advanced commissioning........................197 Overview of the converter functions................. 197 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 8 Function diagram 2468 - Receive telegram free interconnection ........275 8.3.5.14 Function diagram 2470 - Send telegram free interconnection ........... 276 8.3.5.15 Function diagram 2472 - Status word free interconnection ..........277 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 9 Three-wire control, enable/clockwise/counter-clockwise rotation........332 8.3.12.5 Three-wire control, enable/ON/reverse................334 8.3.12.6 Function diagram 2272 - Two-wire control ............... 336 8.3.12.7 Function diagram 2273 - Three-wire control ..............337 Pump control ........................338 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 10 Motor control........................415 8.7.1 Reactor, filter and cable resistance at the converter output..........415 8.7.2 Setting the saturation characteristic of the permanent magnet synchronous motor (third- party motor) ........................416 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 11 Function diagram 6826 - Dynamic Drive Control, torque setpoint........474 8.7.4.34 Function diagram 6827 - Dynamic Drive Control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controller ... 475 8.7.4.35 Function diagram 6828 - Dynamic Drive Control, current/power/torque limits ....476 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 12 Function diagram 8021 - Thermal monitoring, power module .......... 536 8.9.15 Function diagram 8022 - Monitoring functions..............537 8.10 Drive availability ......................538 8.10.1 Flying restart – switching on while the motor is running........... 538 8.10.2 Automatic restart......................539 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 13 Function diagram 8070 – Faults and alarms trigger word (r2129) ........1087 10.10 Function diagram 8075 – Faults and alarms configuration ..........1088 10.11 List of fault codes and alarm codes................. 1090 10.11.1 Overview of faults and alarms ..................1090 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 14 12.7 Data regarding the power loss in partial load operation ..........1222 12.8 Electromagnetic compatibility of the converter............... 1223 12.8.1 Overview ........................1223 12.8.2 Interference immunity and emitted interference............. 1224 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 15 12.9 Protecting persons from electromagnetic fields............... 1227 Appendix............................1229 Manuals and technical support..................1229 A.1.1 Overview of the manuals ....................1229 A.1.2 Configuring support ....................... 1230 A.1.3 Product Support......................1231 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 16 Table of contents SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 17: Fundamental Safety Instructions

    • You must use an additional residual-current device (RCD) if a conductor-ground short circuit does not reach the short-circuit current required for the protective device to respond. The required short-circuit current can be too low, especially for TT supply systems. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 18 • Ensure compliance with the limit values specified in the technical data during transport, storage and operation. • Do not use any damaged devices. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 19 • Tighten all power connections to the prescribed torque. • Check all power connections at regular intervals, particularly after equipment has been transported. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 20 In the most extreme cases, individuals might develop asthma or dermatitis respectively. • If the product has a strong smell, keep it in a well-ventilated area for 14 days. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 21 • IT system: Use a ground fault monitor and eliminate the fault as quickly as possible. • TN or TT systems with grounded line conductor: Use an isolating transformer on the line side. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 22 • Check that the warning labels are complete based on the documentation. • Attach any missing warning labels to the components, where necessary in the national language. • Replace illegible warning labels. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 23 As a result of incorrect or changed parameterization, machines can malfunction, which in turn can lead to injuries or death. • Protect the parameterization against unauthorized access. • Handle possible malfunctions by taking suitable measures, e.g. emergency stop or emergency off. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 24: Equipment Damage Due To Electric Fields Or Electrostatic Discharge

    – Wearing ESD shoes or ESD grounding straps in ESD areas with conductive flooring • Only place electronic components, modules or devices on conductive surfaces (table with ESD surface, conductive ESD foam, ESD packaging, ESD transport container). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 25: Warranty And Liability For Application Examples

    As the user you yourself are responsible for ensuring that the products described are operated correctly. Application examples do not relieve you of your responsibility for safe handling when using, installing, operating and maintaining the equipment. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 26: Cybersecurity Information

    Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly recommends that product updates are applied as soon as they are available and that the latest product versions are used. Use of product versions that are no longer supported, and failure to apply the latest updates may increase customer’s exposure...

  • Page 27: Residual Risks Of Power Drive Systems

    5. Release of environmental pollutants or emissions as a result of improper operation of the system and/or failure to dispose of components safely and correctly SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 28 For more information about the residual risks of the drive system components, see the relevant sections in the technical user documentation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 29: Description

    What is the meaning of the symbols in the manual? Reference to further information in the manual Download from the Internet DVD that can be ordered End of a handling instruction. ❒ Examples of converter function symbols SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 30: About The Converter

    Description 2.2 About the converter About the converter The SINAMICS G120XA PROFINET & EtherNet/IP converter (referred to as SINAMICS G120XA PN converter) is not allowed to be exported and used in the USA. 2.2.1 Intended use Use for the intended purpose The converter described in this manual is a device to control a three-phase motor.

  • Page 31: Transferring Openoss License Terms To A Pc

    5. Switch off the converter power supply. 6. Withdraw the memory card from the converter. 7. Insert the memory card into the card reader of a PC. 8. Please read the license terms. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 32: Scope Of Delivery

    • A printed full-size drill pattern (available for FSD to FSG only), which allows the easy drilling of the necessary mounting holes. • The converter contains open-source software (OSS). The OSS license terms are saved in the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 33 Description 2.3 Scope of delivery Technical data 3-phase 380 V AC to 440 V AC (article number: 6SL32...) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 34: Rating Plate

    * You can scan the QR code on the product rating plate or on the product packaging label by using a standard code scanner or the "Industry Online Support" app to access product data, manuals, Declarations of Conformity, certificates, and other infor‐ mation about your product. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 35: Directives And Standards

    The converters fulfill the requirements stipulated in Directive 2012/19/EU with regard to the return and recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. Quality systems Siemens AG employs a quality management system that meets the requirements of ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter...
  • Page 36 EC Declaration of Conformity (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/us/en/view/ 109767762) Standards that are not relevant China Compulsory Certification The converters do not fall in the area of validity of the China Compulsory Certification (CCC). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 37: Id Link And Siemens Online Support

    ID link and Siemens Online Support You can find additional information about the product: • via ID link • using the Siemens Industry Online Support – Website: SIOS (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/) – App Industry Online Support (for Apple iOS and Android) Product-specific information via ID link The QR code on your product and on the product packaging contains the ID link.

  • Page 38: Device Disposal

    For environmentally-friendly recycling and disposal of your old device, contact a company certified for the disposal of waste electrical and electronic equipment, and dispose of the old device as prescribed in the respective country of use. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 39: Optional Components

    If operated on other line supplies, the line filter will be thermally overloaded and will be damaged. • For converters equipped with line filter, only connect to TN or TT line supplies with a grounded neutral point. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 40: Article Number

    6SL3220 - . YD30 – 0UB0 18.5 UAC:FS428423833 6SL3220 - . YD32 – 0UB0 UAC:FS428424533 6SL3220 - . YD34 – 0UB0 UAC:FS428426034 6SL3220 - . YD36 – 0UB0 UAC:FS428427534 6SL3220 - . YD38 – 0UB0 UAC:FS428429035 6SL3220 - . YD40 – 0UB0 UAC:FS4284211035 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 41: Restrictions For Use

    To prevent overheating, connect the overtemperature switch of the mains harmonic filter to a free digital input of the converter. In the event of overheating, the converter must react with an "External fault" and switch off the motor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 42: Short Circuit Protection

    Line reactors can be omitted if the mains supply cable inductance is increased sufficiently, i.e., the value of R must be sufficiently small. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 43 When using the line reactor, observe the following restrictions: • The permissible line voltage is 380 V to 440 V. • The maximum permissible output frequency is 150 Hz. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 44: Output Reactor

    The maximum permissible pulse frequency when using the output reactor is 4 kHz. The output reactor can be damaged if the pulse frequency is exceeded. • When using an output reactor, the pulse frequency of the converter must not exceed 4 kHz. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 45 Rated power (kW) Output reactor size 18.5 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 22 ... 37 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0   75 ... 90 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0 355 ... 400 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0 450 ... 500 6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-4AA0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 46: Sine-Wave Filter

    Parameter 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 p0230 p0233 [mH] 0.25 0.15 p0234 [µF] 28.2 42.3 56.4 p1082 [rpm] 150*60/r0313 150*60/r0313 150*60/r0313 p1800 [kHz] • Operation with permanent magnet synchronous motors is prohibited. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 47 Frame size Rated power (kW) Article number 18.5 6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0 6SL3202-0AE26-2SA0 6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0 6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0 6SL3202-0AE31-8SA0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 Dimensions, drilling patterns, and weights Sine-wave filter - stand alone, frame size 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 48 Weight (mm) (mm) torque (kg) (Nm) 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6 x M10 / 20 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6 x M10 / 20 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6 x M10 / 20 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 6 x M10 / 20 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 49: Dv/Dt Filter Plus Vpl

    The dv/dt filter plus VPL may be damaged if it is not activated during commissioning. • Activate the dv/dt filter plus VPL during commissioning via parameter p0230. • Activate the dv/dt filter plus VPL during commissioning according to the electric specifications. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 50: Operator Panel

    Description 2.7 Optional components Further information is provided on the Internet: • dv/dt filter plus VPL (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109766019) • Functional principle and application cases (https:// support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109748645) Article number Converter variants dv/dt filter plus VPL Frame size Rated power (kW) Article number 6SL3000-2DE38-4AA0 6SL3000-2DE41-4AA0 2.7.7...

  • Page 51: Memory Card

    Power Module of converters in frame sizes FSD to FSG is provided as an optional com‐ ponent. Article number Converter frame size Article number 6SL3262-1AD02-0DA0 6SL3262-1AE02-0DA0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 52: Sinamics Fsg Adapter Set

    After installation, the FSG Adapter Set does not affect the technical specifications of the G120XA PN FSG converters. Scope of delivery Applicable products Product Voltage (V) Rated power (kW) Article number G120XA PN FSG 6SL3220- .YD50-0CB0 6SL3220- .YD52-0CB0 6SL3220- .YD54-0CB0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 53: Dimensions (Unit: Mm)

    Cable lug Cross-section Tightening torque 35 ... 4 x 120 mm 22 ... 25 Nm 1 ... 4 x 4/0 AWG 195 ... 221 lbf.in Cable lug for M10 screws SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 54: Installation

    Description 2.7 Optional components Installation Note To ensure correct and safe connections, crimp the cable lugs with a hexagon crimping tool. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 55: I/O Extension Module

    • Front cover for the Control Unit • Ferrite core (used only when the I/O Extension Module connects an operator panel that is mounted via the door mounting kit) • Compact installation instructions Outline dimensions SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 56 4. Open the front cover of the converter and pull it out manually. Wire the terminal strips based on your actual application. 5. Fit the provided front cover in place until the latch audiably engages. You have now mounted the I/O Extension Module. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 57: Interface Overview

    Interface to an operator panel or SINAMICS G120 Smart Access ② Switch for AI 2 (temperature/current) ③ Terminal strip X202 ④ Hole for fixing screw ⑤ Terminal strips X203 and X204 ⑥ Interface to converter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 58 DO 4 ... DO 5 FSA ... FSC 2 A @ max. 55 °C FSD ... FSG 3 A @ max. 55 °C 2 A @ max. 55 °C FSH/FSJ 3 A @ max. 45 °C; 2 A @ max. 50 °C SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 59 The following diagram shows you how to connect the digital inputs and digital outputs of the I/O Extension Module with an external power supply. Figure 2-3 Connecting P-switching contacts Figure 2-4 Connecting M-switching contacts SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 60 X202/X203, refer to the table below: Solid or finely-stranded Finely stranded with Finely stranded with par‐ Two finely-stranded non-insulated end tially insulated end with partially insulated sleeve sleeve twin end sleeves SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 61: Motors And Multi-Motor Drives That Can Be Operated

    Motors that can be operated (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/ 100426622) Third-party motors that can be operated You can also operate the following non-Siemens motors with the converter: • Standard asynchronous motors • Most permanent magnet synchronous motors designed for converter operation with moderate saturation: –...

  • Page 62: Additional Information

    Additional preconditions and restrictions relating to multi-motor operation are available on the Internet: Multi-motor drive (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/84049346) Standard induction motors are permissible in the range of 25% to 125% of the converter power. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 63: Mounting

    • Use appropriate air barriers to prevent cooling air short circuits. • Ensure that the electrical cabinet is adequately ventilated and is equipped with suitable air filters. Comply with the replacement intervals of the air filter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 64 Air barriers can prevent converters from overheating each other. Such measures are only necessary in extreme cases when the cooling air temperature reaches the maximum ambient temperature of the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 65: Mounting The Converter

    • When control cabinet doors are open, only qualified electrical personnel are allowed to carry out service and maintenance work. • Comply with the minimum control cabinet volume. Information on the minimum control cabinet volume is available on the Internet: Protective Devices for SINAMICS G120XA (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/cn/en/ view/109762896) 3.2.1...
  • Page 66 IEC 60529 or NEMA 12. Further measures may be necessary for particularly critical operating conditions. If condensation or conductive pollution can be excluded at the installation site, a lower degree of control cabinet protection may be permitted. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 67: Mounting Position

    To comply with EMC specifications, it is recommended to mount the converter on an electrically conductive mounting panel in the cabinet. This mounting panel should be connected to the cabinet PE. Dimensions and clearance distances (mm) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 68 Tightening torque (Nm) Note: For the converters FSD to FSG, a printed drill pattern is supplied with each converter. This can be used to easily drill the necessary mounting holes. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 69: Mounting The Shield Connection Kit

    We recommend that you mount the shield connection kits provided. The shield connection kit makes it simpler to install the converter in compliance with EMC regulations and to provide strength relief for the connected cables. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 70 Mounting the shield connection kit for the control connection, FSD ... FSG Attach the shielding plate as shown below. Use a cross-tip screwdriver PZ to tighten the screw to fix it onto the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 71 2. If the converter has an integrated line filter, mount the EMC connecting bracket additionally ② by fastening it to the shielding plate with four screws You have now mounted the shield connection kit. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 72: Additional Mounting Instructions For Fsd

    Converter weight: Technical data dependent on the power (Page 1215) Hoisting gear Use crane lifting lugs and the appropriate hoisting gear when mounting the converters on the cabinet panel. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 73: Additional Mounting Instructions, Fsh/Fsj

    The device must not be lifted at an angle because this can damage the housing. Rope spreaders may have to be used. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 74 • For FSJ: 1000 mm (width) × 2000 mm (height) × 600 mm (depth) Before converter installation, remove the side, back, and top plates from the cabinet frame, and mount at least two support plates in the cabinet. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 75: Mounting The Optional Components

    After the converter is installed in the cabinet, install the side, back, and top plates back to the cabinet frame. 3.2.5 Mounting the optional components Depending on the particular application, converters may require optional components. For more information about optional components, refer to Section "Optional components (Page 37)". SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 76 Mounting 3.2 Mounting the converter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 77: Wiring

    Devices in Zone B generate energy-rich electromagnetic fields. • Zone C: Control and sensors Devices in Zone C do not generate any energy-rich electromagnetic fields themselves, but their functions can be impaired by electromagnetic fields. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 78: Control Cabinet

    – Use special (serrated) contact washers that cut through the painted or anodized surface. – Remove the insulating coating at the contact locations. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 79: Further Information

    Grounding and high-frequency equipotential bonding measures in the control cabinet and in the plant/system Further information Additional information about EMC-compliant installation is available in the Internet: EMC installation guideline (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/ 60612658) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 80: Cables

    • Signal and data cables must only enter the cabinet from one side, e.g. from below. • Using shielded cables for the following connections: – Cable between the converter and line filter – Cable between the converter and output reactor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 81 • Using shielded cables for the following connections: – Converter motor cable – Signal and data cables • Connect the motor cable shield to the motor enclosure using an electrically conductive cable gland. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 82: Electromechanical Components

    – Motor holding brakes • Connect the surge voltage protection circuit directly at the coil. • Use RC elements or varistors for AC-operated coils and freewheeling diodes or varistors for DC-operated coils. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 83: Permissible Line Supplies

    If the grounding screw has been removed, the converter no longer fulfills the requirements of class C3. - Operation not permissible ○ Converter not available More information on removing the grounding connection in the converter: Removing functional grounding of the converter (Page 83) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 84: Tt System

    If the grounding screw has been removed, the converter no longer fulfills the requirements of class C3. - Operation not permissible ○ Converter not available More information on removing the grounding connection in the converter: Removing functional grounding of the converter (Page 83) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 85: It System

    Removing functional grounding of the converter If you wish to use the converters with C3 line filter, note the information in the following sections: TN system (Page 81) TT system (Page 82) IT system (Page 83) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 86 Power Module must be opened. Procedure 1. Remove the upper cover of the converter. ① ② ③ ④ 2. Release the four screws , and , but do not remove the screws. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 87: Requirements For The Protective Conductor

    This primarily results in requirements for the minimum conductor cross-section of the protective conductor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 88 ⇒ Minimum cross-section of the protective conductor = 16 mm • Line or motor feeder cable > 35 mm ⇒ Minimum cross-section of the protective conductor = ½ cross-section of the line or motor feeder cable SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 89: Fault Protection For The Motor Circuit

    DC component, which prevents the RCD or RCM from tripping, with the risk of subsequent fire or electric shock. • Use the protection and monitoring devices recommended in the documentation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 90 • The neutral point of the line supply is grounded. • For converters with rated input currents ≤ 80 A referred to LO, use a Siemens SIQUENCE RCCB (series 5SV364.-4), type B, short-time delayed [K] with a rated residual current of 300 mA.

  • Page 91: Maximum Permissible Motor Cable Length

    Wiring 4.1 Line supply and motor • For converters with rated input currents > 160 A referred to LO, use a Siemens modular RCCB device (MRCD type B 5SV8111-4KK) with a current transformer (5SV870.-2K), a circuit breaker (series 3VA1) and a trip element (3VA9988-0BL30).
  • Page 92 – A maximum of 10 m for FSC converters with a pulse frequency = 16 kHz Dimension the motor cable such that the resistance losses are less than 5% of the rated converter power. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 93: Connecting The Converter And Converter Components

    • Use converter signal r0863.1 and a free digital output of the converter to open the contactor between motor and converter in the event of a fault. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 94: Connection Overview

    ✓ ✓ ✓ If you choose to use motor side option, it is enough to use only one of the options. External line filter is not provided for converter FSG. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 95: Connecting Converters

    Wiring 4.1 Line supply and motor Figure 4-10 Connecting converters FSH/FSJ and their optional components 4.1.7.2 Connecting converters Connecting converters, FSA ... FSC SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 96 Figure 4-12 Removing the connection cover and making openings, FSF/FSG After the cables are connected, you must re-attach the cover in order to re-establish the touch protection of the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 97 Damage to converter as a result of operation without insulating plates Without the insulating plates, voltage flashovers may occur between the phases. • Replace the insulating plates after connecting the cables. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 98 FSH: 5 Nm The diagram shows the layout of line and motor terminals, DC link terminals, and terminal strip X9. Figure 4-14 Connections for the line supply and motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 99: Cable Cross-Sections And Screw Tightening Torques

    Screw-type terminal 10 ... 35 mm 8 ... 2 AWG 4.5 Nm 39.8 lbf.in 18 mm and PE Line, motor Screw-type terminal 25 ... 70 mm 6 ... 3/0 10 Nm 88.5 lbf.in 25 mm and PE SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 100: Cable Lugs

    For cable connections using cable lugs, the maximum dimensions of the cable lugs are listed in the table below. These cable lugs are not to exceed these dimensions, as mechanical fastening and adherence to the voltage distances is not guaranteed otherwise. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 101: Connecting The Cable Shields (Fsa

    For EMC-compliant wiring, you must connect the cable shields to the shield plate of the converter. Use shielded cables for the following connection: • Communication cable • Control cable • Motor cable Before connecting the cable shields, you need to strip the cable insulation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 102 The shield support for converter FSD is displayed as an example. ① ④ Unshielded line cable Toothed tape ② ⑤ Shielded motor cable Shielded control cable ③ ⑥ Hose clamp Unshielded communication cable SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 103: Connecting The Copper Busbars (Fsh Only)

    Note Unshielded communication cables for SIEMENS PROFINET cables It is unnecessary to connect the cable shields if you use Siemens PROFINET cables for communication. When using communication cables from other manufacturers, make sure that you connect the cable shields with toothed tapes.
  • Page 104 2. Release the four TX-25 screws (M5 x 12) from the front cover and remove the cover. 3. Release the six TX-25 screws (M5 x 12) from the cable entry protection cover of the Power Module and remove the cover. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 105 5. Align the copper busbars to the screw holes of the line terminals and tighten the six screws (M12 x 30) and M12 washers again. 6. Install the front cover again. You have connected the copper busbar. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 106: Connecting The Motor To The Converter In A Star Or Delta Connection

    • The motor must have windings that are approved for a voltage > rated voltage U • As the fan impeller rotates faster, the motor has a higher noise level than operation with f ≤ 50 Hz. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 107: Control Interfaces

    To secure the I/O Extension Module (U/I) ⑦⑧ Terminal strips ③ ⑨ Status LED Fieldbus interfaces at the lower side ④ Connection to the Operator Panel, Smart Access or I/O Extension Module SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 108: Terminal Strips

    → if you also wish to use the power supply at terminals 31, 32 for the digital inputs, then you must connect "DI COM" and "GND IN" with one another at the terminals. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 109 • Only use power supplies that provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV- (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output voltages (maximum 60 V DC briefly) for all connections and terminals of the electronics modules. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 110: Terminals Strips Of I/O Extension Module

    The optional I/O Extension Module expands the number of I/O terminals. For more information about wiring the terminal strips of the I/O Extension Module, refer to the following Section: I/O Extension Module (Page 53) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 111: Factory Interface Settings

    In the factory setting, the converter switches over the following functions depending on the state of digital input DI 4: • Fieldbus interface • Digital input DI 0 • Digital input DI 1 • Speed setpoint Figure 4-18 Factory setting for converters with PROFINET interfaces SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 112: Default Setting Of The Interfaces (Macros)

    Overview of default settings, Part 2/2   Default setting (macro) Terminal AI 0 AI 1 PID actual value PID actual value AO 0 Actual speed value Actual speed value Actual speed value Actual speed value SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 113 Alarm Alarm Fieldbus PROFINET With I/O Extension Module More information The default terminal settings can be adjusted to suit your requirements. Adapt the default setting of the terminal strips (Page 206) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 114: Default Setting (Macro) 41: "Analog Control

    Operator panel IOP-2 → Setup → Quick commissioning → I/O setup → Select macro → (41) Analog control → Complete setup Smart Access → Quick setup → I/O configuration → 41: Analog control → Complete quick setup SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 115 DI 5 p2104[0] = 722.5 AO 0 p0771[0] = 21 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 AO 1 p0771[1] = 27 DO 2 p0732 = 52.0 DO 3 p0733 = 52.7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 116: Default Setting (Macro) 42: "Pid Controller With Analog Control

    Wiring 4.2 Control interfaces 4.2.5.3 Default setting (macro) 42: "PID controller with analog control" Function description With I/O Extension Module Table 4-12 Characteristics Analog inputs Analog outputs SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 117 DI 5 p2104[0] = 722.5 AO 0 p0771[0] = 21 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 AO 1 p0771[1] = 27 DO 2 p0732 = 52.0 DO 3 p0733 = 52.7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 118: Default Setting (Macro) 43: "2 Pumps With Analog Control

    Wiring 4.2 Control interfaces 4.2.5.4 Default setting (macro) 43: "2 pumps with analog control" Function description With I/O Extension Module Table 4-15 Characteristics Analog inputs Analog outputs SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 119 = 2 AO 1 p0771[1] = 27 p29539 = 1 p29540 = 1 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 DO 2 p0732 = 29529.0 DO 3 p0733 = 29529.1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 120: Default Setting (Macro) 44: "3 Pumps With Analog Setpoint

    Wiring 4.2 Control interfaces 4.2.5.5 Default setting (macro) 44: "3 pumps with analog setpoint" Function description With I/O Extension Module Table 4-18 Characteristics Analog inputs Analog outputs SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 121 Multi-pump control p29520 = 1 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 p29521 = 3 DO 1 p0731 = 29529.0 p29539 = 1 DO 2 p0732 = 29529.1 p29540 = 1 DO 3 p0733 = 29529.2 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 122: Default Setting (Macro) 45: "Fixed Setpoint Control

    Operator panel IOP-2 → Setup → Quick commissioning → I/O setup → Select macro → (45) Fixed setpoint control → Complete setup Smart Access → Quick setup → I/O configuration → 45: Fixed setpoint control → Com‐ plete quick setup SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 123 = 2 DI 2 p1021[0] = 722.2 DI 3 p1022[0] = 722.3 DI 5 p2104[0] = 722.5 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 DO 2 p0732 = 52.0 DO 3 p0733 = 52.7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 124: Default Setting (Macro) 47: "Pid Controller With Internal Fixed Setpoint

    Operator panel IOP-2 → Setup → Quick commissioning → I/O setup → Select macro → (47) PID controller with internal fixed setpoint → Complete setup Smart Access → Quick setup → I/O configuration → 47: PID controller with internal fixed setpoint → Complete quick setup SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 125 = 722.5 Setpoint p2253[0] = 2224 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 p2220[0] = 1 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 p2200 = 1 DO 2 p0732 = 52.0 DO 3 p0733 = 52.7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 126: Default Setting (Macro) 48: "2 Pumps And Internal Fixed Setpoint

    Wiring 4.2 Control interfaces 4.2.5.8 Default setting (macro) 48: "2 pumps and internal fixed setpoint" Function description With I/O Extension Module Table 4-27 Characteristics Analog input Analog outputs SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 127 = 2224 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 p1020[0] = 1 DO 2 p0732 = 29529.0 DO 3 p0733 = 29529.1 Multi-pump control p29520 = 1 p29521 = 2 p29539 = 1 p29540 = 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 128: Default Setting (Macro) 49: "3 Pumps And Internal Fixed Setpoint

    Wiring 4.2 Control interfaces 4.2.5.9 Default setting (macro) 49: "3 pumps and internal fixed setpoint" Function description With I/O Extension Module Table 4-30 Characteristics Analog input Analog outputs SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 129 Multi-pump control p29520 = 1 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 p29521 = 3 DO 1 p0731 = 29529.0 p29539 = 1 DO 2 p0732 = 29529.1 p29540 = 1 DO 3 p0733 = 29529.2 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 130: Default Setting (Macro) 57: "Profinet Control

    4.2 Control interfaces 4.2.5.10 Default setting (macro) 57: "PROFINET control" Function description "PROFINET control" is the factory setting for converters with PROFINET interfaces. With I/O Extension Module Table 4-33 Characteristics Analog outputs SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 131 = -1 p29651 = 2090.0 PROFINET or PROFIBUS p0922 = 999 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 p1070[0] = 2050[1] DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 DO 2 p0732 = 52.0 DO 3 p0733 = 52.7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 132: Default Setting (Macro) 58: "Mop Control

    Operator panel IOP-2 → Setup → Quick setup→ I/O setup → Select macro → (58) MOP control → Complete setup Smart Access → Quick setup → I/O configuration → 58: MOP control → Complete quick setup SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 133 AO 1 p0771[1] = 27 OFF2 p0844[0] = 29659.1 DI 1 p1035[0] = 722.1 DI 2 p1036[0] = 722.2 DO 0 p0730 = 52.3 DO 1 p0731 = 52.2 DO 2 p0732 = 52.0 DO 3 p0733 = 52.7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 134: Default Setting (Macro) 59: "Blank I/O

    Parameters which define the digital input function Setting Parameter Setting Parameter Default setting 59 p0015 = 59 DI 0 p29652[0] = 722.0 p29650[0] = 0 ON/OFF1 p0840[0] = 29659.0 OFF2 p0844[0] = 29659.1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 135: Terminal Strip X9 (Fsh/Fsj Only)

    X9 (e.g. with cable ties). If the cables are introduced at the side (at the height of terminal X9), the strain relief must be provided outside the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 136 DC link charged" Max. load current: 500 mA Continuously short-circuit proof The output current is taken from the supply at X9, terminal 1. Not connected     Not connected     SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 137 24 V AC, 2.0 A (NC and NO), pilot duty, 85 °C Maximum connection cross section: 2.5 mm² (14 AWG) Minimum connection cross section: 0.2 mm² (25 AWG) Maximum tightening torque: 0.5 Nm (4.4 lbf.in) Figure 4-20 Connecting internal 24 V power supply SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 138: Wiring The Terminal Strips

    Overvoltages can damage the converter. • Connect an overvoltage protection device between the terminal and the associated reference potential. We recommend using the Weidmüller overvoltage protection terminal with designation MCZ OVP TAZ DIODE 24VDC. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 139: Fieldbus

    • Use the right shield connection plate for shield support and strain relief. Mounting the shield connection kit (Page 67) 4.2.8 Fieldbus Interfaces at the lower side of the Control Unit SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 140: Connecting To Profinet And Ethernet

    • Device replacement without removable data storage medium: The replacement converter is assigned the device name from the IO controller, not from its memory card or from the programming device. • Shared Device for converters that support PROFIsafe. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 141: Protocols Used

    The converter supports the protocols listed in the following tables. The address parameters, the relevant communication layer as well as the communication role and the communication direction are specified for each protocol. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 142 This is inactive when delivered. Is activated when selecting EtherNet/IP. Explicit messag‐ 44818 (4) TCP Used for parameter access (writing, reading). (4) UDP This is inactive when delivered. Is activated when selecting EtherNet/IP. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 143: Connecting The Profinet Cable To The Converter

    In addition to the MAC address and IP address, PROFINET also uses the device name to identify PROFINET devices (Device name). The device name must be unique across the PROFINET network. You assign the device name with the IO controller engineering software. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 144: Application Examples

    – Without Internet access: Insert a memory card into the converter. Set p0804 = 12. The converter writes the GSDML as a zipped file (*.zip) into directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/ DATA/CFG on the memory card. 2. Unzip the GSDML file on your computer. 3. Import the GSDML into the engineering system of the controller.

  • Page 145: What Do You Need For Communication Via Ethernet/Ip

    • Is the EDS file installed in your control system? • Have the bus interface and IP address been correctly set? • Have the signals that the converter and the control system exchange been correctly interconnected? SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 146 Wiring 4.2 Control interfaces SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 147: Commissioning

    7. Save your settings. (Page 181) Note Make sure that the main power supply is switched on before commissioning. The commissioning cannot be completed with the external 24 V DC power supply only. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 148: Tools

    NOTICE PID HAND Mode is available for SINAMICS G120XA PN PID HAND Mode is available for SINAMICS G120XA PN when commissioning the converter with the Intelligent Operator Panel (IOP-2). For more information about PID HAND Mode, see the Operating Instructions of the IOP-2: Manuals and technical support (Page 1229)
  • Page 149 Commissioning 5.2 Tools Compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation Siemens respects the principles of data protection, in particular the data minimization rules (privacy by design). For this product, this means: The product does not process neither store any person-related data, only technical function data (e.g.

  • Page 150: Preparing For Commissioning

    16103 1LE0003-0DB32-1... 16137 1LE0003-1EA23-3... 16171 1LE0003-3AB03-3... 16104 1LE0003-0DC32-1... 16138 1LE0003-1EB23-3... 16172 1LE0003-3AB23-3... 16105 1LE0003-0EA02-1... 16139 1LE0003-1EB43-3... 16173 1LE0003-3AB53-3... 16106 1LE0003-0EA42-1... 16140 1LE0003-1EC43-3... 16174 1LE0003-3AB63-3... 16107 1LE0003-0EB02-1... 16141 1LE0003-1ED43-3… 16175 1LE0003-3AB73-3... SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 151 1LE0003-3BD33-3… 16131 1LE0003-1DB43-3... 16165 1LE0003-2DD23-3… 16199 1LE0003-3BD53-3… 16132 1LE0003-1DC23-3... 16166 1LE0003-3AA03-3... 17100 1LE0003-3BD63-3… 16133 1LE0003-1DC43-3... 16167 1LE0003-3AA23-3...     Further information can be found on the internet: 1LE0 motor (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109795680) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 152: Precharing The Circuit (Fsh/Fsj Only)

    ON/OFF command (p0840 = 1). The DC link is then fully charged after approximately 4 s. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 153: Forming Dc Link Capacitors

    Figure 5-3 Forming the DC link capacitors 5.3.4 Converter factory setting Motor In the factory, the converter is set for an induction motor that matches the rated power of the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 154 The motor is either switched on and off via the fieldbus – or operated in the jog mode via its digital inputs. For a control command at the respective digital input, the motor rotates with ±150 rpm. The same ramp-up and ramp-down times as described above apply. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 155: Minimum And Maximum Speed

    • = 1022 V for mains voltage 500 V … 600 V 3 AC DC max • = 1220 V for mains voltage 660 V … 690 V 3 AC DC max Rated motor current rated Rated motor power rated SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 156 • Simple use, e.g. fan or horizontal conveyor • Standard induction motor with a rated power of < 18.5 kW Check whether the control quality of the drive without commissioning is adequate for the requirements of the application. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 157: Quick Commissioning Using The Bop-2 Operator Panel

    3. Plug the operator panel BOP-2 onto the converter until the latch audibly engages. You have plugged the BOP-2 onto the converter. ❒ The operator panel BOP-2 is ready for operation when you connect the converter to the power supply. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 158: Overview

    Commissioning 5.4 Quick commissioning using the BOP-2 operator panel 5.4.2 Overview User actions Converter response Figure 5-6 Quick commissioning using the BOP-2 operator panel SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 159: Starting Quick Commissioning

    3. Press the OK key. Selecting an application class (Page 157) 5.4.4 Selecting an application class Overview When selecting an application class, the converter sets the closed-loop motor control to match the specific applications. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 160 Pumps, fans, and compressors with flow charac‐ • Pumps and compressors with displacement ma‐ amples teristic chines Motors that can Induction motors Induction motors, permanent magnet synchronous be operated motors and synchronous reluctance motors SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 161: Standard Drive Control

    If you do not know the motor code, then you must set the motor code = 0, and enter motor data from p0304 and higher from the rating plate. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 162 = 0, the motor accelerates for p1080 > 0 to the minimum frequency after switching on the motor. An unexpected acceleration of the motor can cause material damage. • If the application requires a minimum frequency = 0, then set p1080 = 0. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 163: Dynamic Drive Control

    : NEMA, SI units Set the converter supply voltage. Select the motor type. If a 5-digit motor code is stamped on the motor rating plate, select the corresponding motor type with motor code. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 164 • : Recommended setting for applications with a high break loose torque. Select the default setting for the interfaces of the converter that is suitable for your application. Overview (Page 110) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 165 After the motor data identification, the motor accelerates to the current setpoint. • : Setting the same as After the motor data identification, the motor accelerates to the current setpoint. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 166: Expert

    87 Hz motor operation The BOP‑2 only indicates this step if you selected IEC as the motor standard (P100 = Rated motor voltage Rated motor current SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 167 Applications with high break loose torque Select the control mode: • : U/f control with linear characteristic • : Flux current control (FCC) • : U/f control with square-law characteristic • : Sensorless vector control SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 168 In contrast to sensorless vector control, the speed controller does not have to be set Select the default setting for the interfaces of the converter that is suitable for your application. Overview (Page 110) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 169 – You have selected U/f control as control mode, e.g. • : Measure the motor data while the motor is rotating. The converter switches off the motor after the motor data identification has been completed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 170 1. Switch over the display using an arrow key:  →  2. Press the OK key. You have entered all of the data that is necessary for the quick commissioning of the converter. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 171: Identifying The Motor Data And Optimizing The Closed-Loop Control

    Switch on the motor. During motor data identification flashes on the BOP‑2. If the converter again outputs alarm A07991, then it waits for a new ON command to start the rotating measurement. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 172 Disable the control priority via the operator panel. You have completed the motor data identification. ❒ Quick commissioning has been completed once the motor data identification has been successfully completed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 173: Restoring The Factory Settings

    1. Select "Reset to factory settings" 2. Start the reset. 3. Wait until the converter has been reset to the factory setting. You have reset the converter to the factory settings. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 174: Handling The Bop-2 Operator Panel

    Handling the BOP-2 operator panel Overview Status display once the power supply for the converter has been switched on. Figure 5-13 Menu of the BOP-2 Figure 5-14 Additional symbols of the BOP-2 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 175: Switching The Motor On And Off

    1. Enable the control priority via the operator panel. 2. Switch on the motor. 3. Switch off the motor. 4. Disable the control priority via the operator panel. You switched the motor on and off again. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 176: Changing Parameter Values

    4. When the parameter value flashes, change the parameter value. You changed a parameter value. ❒ Additional information The converter immediately saves any changes so that they are protected against power failure. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 177: Changing Indexed Parameters

    The number of an indexed parameter flashes in the BOP-2 display. Function description Procedure 1. Set the parameter index. 2. Set the parameter value for the selected index. You have now changed an indexed parameter. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 178: Entering The Parameter Number Directly

    If you press the OK button, the BOP‑2 jumps to the next digit. 3. After you have entered all of the digits of the parameter number, press the OK button. You set the parameter number directly. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 179: Entering The Parameter Value Directly

    Function description Procedure 1. Press the OK button until the first digit of the parameter value flashes. 2. Change the parameter value digit-by-digit. You set the parameter value directly. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 180: Why Can A Parameter Value Not Be Changed

    A parameter can only be adjusted when the motor is switched off Further information For each parameter, the parameter list contains the operating state in which the parameter can be changed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 181: Series Commissioning

    2. Back up the settings of the first converter to an external storage medium. Upload of the converter settings (Page 181) 3. Transfer the settings from the first converter to another converter via the data storage medium. Download of the converter settings (Page 1168) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 182 Commissioning 5.7 Series commissioning SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 183: Upload Of The Converter Settings

    Without a backup, your settings could be lost should the converter develop a fault. The following storage media options are available: • Memory card • Operator panel BOP-2 • Operator panel IOP-2 • SINAMICS G120 Smart Access SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 184: Upload From The Converter To The Memory Card

    Firmware upgrade and downgrade (Page 1202) 2. Switch on the power supply for the converter. After the power supply has been switched on, the converter copies its changed settings to the memory card. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 185: Manual Upload With Bop-2

    3. Start the upload. 4. Wait until the converter has backed up the settings to the memory card. You have backed up the settings of the converter to the memory card. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 186: Message For A Memory Card That Is Not Inserted

    Message A01101 for a memory card that is not inserted is deactivated. ❒ Parameter Parameter Explanation Factory setting p2118[0…19] Change message type, message number p2119[0 … 19] Change message type, type r9401 Safely remove memory card status SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 187: Safely Removing A Memory Card Using The Bop-2

    You must not remove the memory card. Wait for several seconds and then set p9400 = 2 again. – The converter sets p9400 = 3: Remove the memory card. 4. After removing the memory card, the converter sets p9400 = 0. You have safely removed the memory card. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 188: Uploading To The Bop-2

    1. Select the upload to the operator panel. 2. Start the upload. 3. Wait until the upload is completed. The upload from the converter to the BOP-2 is completed. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 189: More Options For The Upload

    In addition to the default setting, the converter has an internal memory for backing up three other settings. On the memory card, you can back up 99 other settings in addition to the default setting. Further information is provided on the Internet: Memory options (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43512514) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 190 Upload of the converter settings 6.3 More options for the upload SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 191: Protecting The Converter Settings

    Acknowledge drive object faults / Ackn DO faults p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select p7761 Write protection / Write protection p8805 Identification and Maintenance 4 Configuration / I&M 4 Config SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 192 Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3 p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4 p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 193: Know-How Protection

    Know-how protection without copy protection The converter can be operated with or without mem‐ ory card. Know-how protection with basic copy protection The converter can only be operated with a SIEMENS memory card Know-how protection with extended copy pro‐ Memory card (Page 49) tection...
  • Page 194 Access level / Acc_level p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm par_filt p0124[0...n] CU detection using LED / CU detect LED p0791[0...1] CO: Fieldbus analog outputs / Fieldbus AO SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 195 BI: Inhibit master control / Inhibit PcCtrl p0870 BI: Close main contactor / Close main cont p0922 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / PZD telegr_sel p1080[0...n] Minimum velocity / v_min p1082[0...n] Maximum velocity / v_max SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 196: Extending The Exception List For Know-How Protection

    Parameter Description Factory setting p7763 KHP OEM exception list, number of indices for p7764 p7764[0…p7763] KHP OEM exception list [0] 7766 p7766 is the password for know-how protection [1...499] 0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 197: Activating And Deactivating Know-How Protection

    Write protection/know-how protection status p7765 KHP configuration 0000 bin p7766[0...29] KHP password, input p7767[0...29] KHP password, new p7768[0...29] KHP password, confirmation p7769[0...20] KHP memory card reference serial number r7843[0...20] Memory card serial number SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 198: Further Information

    In order to guarantee know-how protection, after activating know-how protection, we recommend that you insert a new, empty memory card. For memory cards that have already been written to, previously backed up data that was not encrypted can be reconstructed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 199: Advanced Commissioning

    Pump control (Page 338) The setpoint processing uses a ramp-function generator to prevent speed steps occurring and to limit the speed to a permissible maximum value. Setpoints and setpoint processing (Page 361) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 200 The drive can bridge temporary power failures or be switched on while the motor is rotating. Drive availability (Page 538) Energy saving The converter optimizes the efficiency optimization of the standard induction motor or disconnects the power module from the system, if necessary. Energy saving (Page 548) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 201: Brief Description Of The Parameters

    If the number of parameter indices depends on the data sets, then the parameter index is shown in an abbreviated form. Figure 8-1 Brief parameter description SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 202: Drive Control

    In order to be able to respond to external commands, you must set the command interface so that it fits your specific application. Tools One of the commissioning tools is needed to change the function settings. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 203 OFF3 ramp- down time. The converter waits for "Enable opera‐ tion". The "Enable operation" command is always active in the converter factory set‐ ting. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 204: Factory Setting

    BI: Line contactor feedback signal 863.1 p0861 Line contactor monitoring time 100 ms p1226[D] Speed threshold for standstill detection 20 rpm p1227 Standstill detection monitoring time 300 s p1228 Pulse suppression delay time 0.01 s SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 205: Selecting The On/Off Functions

    When changing the signal source set in p29651 and p29652, make sure that the signal source level is low; otherwise, the ON-command will be triggered. Parameter Number Name Factory setting p29650[C] DI selection for ON/OFF2 p29651[C] BI: ON/OFF1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 206 Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control Number Name Factory setting p29652[C] BI: ON/OFF2 (OFF2) r29659.0...1 CO/BO: Command word SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 207: Function Diagram 2634 - Sequence Control - Missing Enable Signals, Line Contactor Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.1.3 Function diagram 2634 - Sequence control - Missing enable signals, line contactor control SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 208: Adapt The Default Setting Of The Terminal Strips

    • Connectors CI and CO are parameters to interconnect analog signals. The following chapters describe how you adapt the function of individual converter inputs and outputs using binectors and connectors. with I/O Extension Module SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 209: Digital Inputs

    BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection, bit 2 p1023[C] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection, bit 3 p1035[C] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint higher Dependent on the converter p1036[C] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint lower Dependent on the converter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 210: Analog Input As Digital Input

    An overcurrent condition destroys the analog input. • If you use an analog input as a digital input, then you must set the analog input switch to "Voltage" (U). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 211: Digital Outputs

    Binector outputs are marked in the parameter list with the prefix "BO". Example To output converter fault messages via digital output DO 1, you must interconnect DO 1 with these fault messages. Set p0731 = 52.3 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 212 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 52.0 p0733 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 3 52.7 p0734 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 4 p0735 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 5 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 213: Analog Inputs

    No sensor connected DIN-Ni1000 temperature sensor (6180 ppm / K) AI 3 LG-Ni1000 temperature sensor p0756[3]  Pt1000 temperature sensor No sensor connected (factory setting) DIN-Ni1000 temperature sensor (6180 ppm / K) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 214 You can find additional connector inputs in the parameter list. Parameter list (Page 586) More information Using an analog input as a digital input Some analog inputs can also be operated as digital input. Digital inputs (Page 207) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 215: Adjusting Characteristics For Analog Input

    1. Set the DIP switch for analog input 0 on the Control Unit to current input ("I"). 2. set p0756[0] = 3 You have defined analog input 0 as a current input with wire-break monitoring. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 216: Setting The Deadband

    = 0, even if the signal at the analog input terminals is slightly positive or negative. This prevents the converter from rotating the motor when the speed setpoint = 0. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 217: Analog Outputs

    Example To output the converter output current via analog output 0, you must interconnect AO 0 with the signal for the output current. Set p0771 = 27. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 218: Adjusting Characteristics For Analog Output

    Parameters p0777 … p0780 are assigned to an analog output via their index, e.g. parameters p0777[0] … p0770[0] belong to analog output 0. You must define your own characteristic if none of the default types match your particular application. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 219 CU analog outputs characteristic value x1 p0778[0…1] CU analog outputs characteristic value y1 p0779[0…1] CU analog outputs characteristic value x2 100% p0780[0…1] CU analog outputs characteristic value y2 20 V SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 220: Function Diagram 2221 - Digital Inputs

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.9 Function diagram 2221 - Digital inputs Figure 8-5 FP 2221 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 221: Function Diagram 2256 - Analog Inputs As Digital Inputs

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.10 Function diagram 2256 - Analog inputs as digital inputs Figure 8-6 FP 2256 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 222: Function Diagram 2244 - Digital Outputs

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.11 Function diagram 2244 - Digital outputs Figure 8-7 FP 2244 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 223: Function Diagram 2251 - Analog Inputs 0 And 1

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.12 Function diagram 2251 - Analog inputs 0 and 1 Figure 8-8 FP 2251 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 224: Function Diagram 2252 - Analog Input 2

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.13 Function diagram 2252 - Analog input 2 Figure 8-9 FP 2252 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 225: Function Diagram 2270 - Analog Input 3

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.14 Function diagram 2270 - Analog input 3 Figure 8-10 FP 2270 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 226: Function Diagram 2261 - Analog Outputs

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.2.15 Function diagram 2261 - Analog outputs Figure 8-11 FP 2261 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 227: Drive Control Via Profinet

    PROFIdrive telegram number. As a consequence, behind a PROFIdrive telegram number, there is a defined signal composition. As a consequence, a telegram number uniquely describes cyclic data exchange. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 228: Drive Control

    16-bit speed setpoint   16-bit speed setpoint for VIK-Namur   16-bit speed setpoint with torque limiting   16-bit speed setpoint for PCS7   16-bit speed setpoint with reading and writing to parameters SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 229 Quick stop: The motor brakes to a standstill with p0848[0] = the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135. r2090.2 1 = No quick stop (OFF3) The motor can be switched on (ON command). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 230 1 = Ready Motor is switched on (ON/OFF1 = 1), no fault is p2080[1] = active. With the command "Enable operation" r0899.1 (STW1.3), the converter switches on the motor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 231 = r2093.2 1 = fixed setpoint bit 3 p1023[0] = r2093.3 1 = DDS selection bit 0 Changes over between settings p0820 = r2093.4 for different motors (drive data 1 = DDS selection bit 1 p0821 = r2093.5 sets). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 232 1 = ramp-up or ramp-down completed Ramp-function generator is not ac‐ tive. 1 = technology controller output at Technology controller output ≦ the lower limit p2292 1 = technology controller output at Technology controller out‐ the upper limit put > p2291 Not used Not used SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 233 1 = communication error to the higher-level control system 1 = fault in a safety-relevant monitoring channel 10 1 = fault in the internal converter communication 11 1 = line fault 15 1 = other fault SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 234: Parameter Channel

    The required element of the parameter is specified in IND (2nd word). The following request IDs are identical: 1 ≡ 6, 2 ≡ 7 and 3 ≡ 8. We recommend that you use identifiers 6, 7 and 8. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 235 Request not included / task is not supported (the valid request identifications can be found in table "Request identifications controller → converter") 6B hex No change access for a controller that is enabled. (The operating state of the converter prevents a parameter change) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 236 Bit 15 … 8 Bit 7 … 0 8-bit value 16-bit value 32-bit value Connector Bit 15 … 0 Bit 15 … 10 Bit 9 … 0 Number of the connector 3F hex The index or bit field number of the connec‐ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 237 • PKE, bit 12 … 15 (AK): = 7 hex (change parameter value (field, word)) • PKE, bit 0 … 10 (PNU): = 348 hex (840 = 348 hex, no offset, as 840 < 1999) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 238 • PWE2, Bit 10 … 15: = 3F hex (drive object - for SINAMICS G120, always 63 = 3f hex) • PWE2, Bit 0 … 9: = 2 hex (Index of Parameter (DI 2 = 2)) Figure 8-16 Parameter channel to assign digital input 2 with ON/OFF1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 239: Expanding Or Freely Interconnecting Telegrams

    "Double word" format (p2061). If you set a specific telegram, or you change the telegram, the converter automatically interconnects parameters p2051 and p2061 with the appropriate signals. Figure 8-18 Interconnection of the receive data SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 240 5. p2051[5] = r2050[5] 6. Test the telegram length for received and sent words: – r2067[0] = 6 – r2067[1] = 6 You wish to extend telegram 1 to 6 send words and 6 receive words. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 241: Factory Setting

    [14] 2197.3 [15] 2135.15 r2090.0…15 BO: PROFIdrive receive PZD1 bit by bit r2091.0…15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial r2092.0…15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial r2093.0…15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 242: Acyclically Reading And Writing Converter Parameters

    81 hex: Converter was not able to completely execute the read request. 01 hex (ID of drive objects, at G120 always = 1) Number of parameters (m) (identical to the read request) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 243 (00 hex and 01 hex are equivalents) Parameter number   0001 hex ... FFFF hex Number of the 1st index   0000 hex ... FFFE hex … … Address, parameter 2 …   … … … Address, parameter m …   SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 244 You can find the error values in the table at the end of this section. Only for "Error" - error value 2 Error value 2 is either zero, or it contains the number of the first index where the error occurred. Values, parameter 2   SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 245: Error Values

    Change request is only possible for quick commissioning (basic commissioning) (p0010 = 1). 71 hex Change request is only possible if the converter is ready (p0010 = 0). 72 hex Change request is only possible for a parameter reset (restore to factory setting) (p0010 = 30). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 246 Change request above the currently valid limit (example: a parameter value is too large for the converter power) CC hex Change request not permitted (change is not permitted as the access code is not available) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 247: Device-To-Device Communication

    8.3.4.1 Configuring communication Overview EtherNet/IP is realtime Ethernet, and is mainly used in automation technology. Function description You must set the following parameters to configure the converter communication via EtherNet/IP: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 248 Fieldbus interface protocol selection Dependent on the converter 0: no protocol … 10: EtherNet/IP p8920 PN Name of Station p8921 PN IP Address p8922 PN Default Gateway p8923 PN Subnet Mask SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 249: Supported Objects

    Assembly Object     6 hex Connection Manager Object     28 hex Motor Data Object     29 hex Supervisor Object     2A hex Drive Object     SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 250 20 … 23: Production identifier bits 24 … 27: Month of manufacture (0 = Jan, B = Dec) Bits 28 … 31: Year of manufacture (0 = 2002) Short Product name Max. length 32 bytes String SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 251 Name UINT16 Revision UINT16 Max Instance UINT16 Num of Instances Table 8-24 Instance Attribute Service Type Name Value/explanation Array of Assembly 1 byte array UINT8 Supported ODVA AC/DC assemblies (Page 260) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 252 Class • Get Attribute single Instance • Get Attribute single • Set Attribute single Table 8-27 Class Attribute Serv‐ Type Name UINT16 Revision UINT16 Max Instance UINT16 Num of Instances SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 253: Supported Services

    10001 Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ 2nd D 0 Non-standard motor Supervisor Object, Instance Number: 29 hex Supported services Class • Get Attribute single Instance • Get Attribute single • Set Attribute single SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 254 Display from Net Control 1:  Control from network 0:  Local control Drive Object, Instance Number: 2A hex Supported services Class • Get Attribute single Instance • Get Attribute single • Set Attribute single SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 255 1 V/f with linear characteristic and FCC Vendor-specific mode 2 V/f with parabolic characteristic 4 V/f with linear characteristic and ECO 7 V/f for parabolic characteristic and ECO 20 Speed control (without encoder) Closed-loop speed control SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 256 Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control Siemens Drive Object, Instance Number: 32C hex Supported services Class • Get Attribute single Instance • Get Attribute single • Set Attribute single Table 8-33 Class Attribute Service Type Name UINT16 Revision UINT16 Max Instance UINT16...
  • Page 257 PID setpoint Output r2260 technology controller setpoint af‐ ter the ramp-function generator REAL PID Feedback r2266 technology controller actual value after the filter REAL PID Output r2294   technology controller output sig‐ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 258 Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control Siemens Motor Data Object, Instance Number: 32D hex Supported services Class • Get Attribute single Instance • Get Attribute single • Set Attribute single Table 8-35 Class Attribute Service Type Name UINT16 Revision UINT16 Max Instance...
  • Page 259 Link Object, Instance Number: F6 hex Supported services Class • Get Attribute all Instance • Get Attribute all • Get Attribute single • Get Attribute single • Set Attribute single SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 260 Sent octets UINT32 Out Ucast Packets Sent Unicast packets UINT32 Out NUcast packets Sent non-Unicast packets UINT32 Out Discards Outgoing packets, not processed UINT32 Out Errors Outgoing packets, with errors SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 261 • Get Attribute all • Set Attribute single Table 8-41 Class Attribute Service Type Name UINT16 Revision UINT16 Max Instance UINT16 Num of Instances Cyclic communication is established via parameter object 401. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 262 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0           Running   Faulted Forward   Speed Actual (Low Byte) Speed Actual (High Byte) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 263: Create Generic I/O Module

    Overview For certain controllers, or if you wish to use the SINAMICS profile, you cannot use the EDS file provided by Siemens. In these cases, you must create a generic I/O module in the control system for the cyclic communication.

  • Page 264: The Converter As Ethernet Node

    You also have the option of integrating the converter into Ethernet using Proneta or STEP 7, for example. Here is the example of the "Edit Ethernet station" screen form from Step 7, which you can use to make the required settings. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 265: Function Diagrams For Profinet And Ethernet/Ip

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5 Function diagrams for PROFINET and EtherNet/IP 8.3.5.1 Overview The following fieldbuses are described in common function diagrams: • PROFINET • EtherNet/IP SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 266: Function Diagram 2401 - Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.2 Function diagram 2401 - Overview Figure 8-19 FP 2401 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 267: Function Diagram 2410 - Addresses And Diagnostics

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.3 Function diagram 2410 - Addresses and diagnostics Figure 8-20 FP 2410 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 268: Function Diagram 2420 - Telegrams And Process Data

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.4 Function diagram 2420 - Telegrams and process data Figure 8-21 FP 2420 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 269: Function Diagram 2440 - Pzd Receive Signals Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.5 Function diagram 2440 - PZD receive signals interconnection Figure 8-22 FP 2440 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 270: Function Diagram 2441 - Stw1 Control Word Interconnection Vk-Namur

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.6 Function diagram 2441 - STW1 control word interconnection VK-NAMUR Figure 8-23 FP 2441 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 271: Function Diagram 2442 - Stw1 Control Word Interconnection Sinamics

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.7 Function diagram 2442 - STW1 control word interconnection SINAMICS Figure 8-24 FP 2442 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 272: Function Diagram 2446 - Stw3 Control Word Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.8 Function diagram 2446 - STW3 control word interconnection Figure 8-25 FP 2446 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 273: Function Diagram 2450 - Pzd Send Signals Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.9 Function diagram 2450 - PZD send signals interconnection Figure 8-26 FP 2450 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 274: Function Diagram 2451 - Zsw1 Status Word Interconnection Vik-Namur

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.10 Function diagram 2451 - ZSW1 status word interconnection VIK-NAMUR Figure 8-27 FP 2451 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 275: Function Diagram 2452 - Zsw1 Status Word Interconnection Sinamics

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.11 Function diagram 2452 - ZSW1 status word interconnection SINAMICS Figure 8-28 FP 2452 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 276: Function Diagram 2456 - Zsw3 Status Word Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.12 Function diagram 2456 - ZSW3 status word interconnection Figure 8-29 FP 2456 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 277: Function Diagram 2468 - Receive Telegram Free Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.13 Function diagram 2468 - Receive telegram free interconnection Figure 8-30 FP 2468 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 278: Function Diagram 2470 - Send Telegram Free Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.14 Function diagram 2470 - Send telegram free interconnection Figure 8-31 FP 2470 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 279: Function Diagram 2472 - Status Word Free Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.15 Function diagram 2472 - Status word free interconnection Figure 8-32 FP 2472 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 280: Function Diagram 2473 - Control Word And Status Word Interconnection

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.5.16 Function diagram 2473 - Control word and status word interconnection Figure 8-33 FP 2473 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 281: Function Diagrams For Internal Control/Status Words

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6 Function diagrams for internal control/status words 8.3.6.1 Function diagram 2501 - Control word, sequence control (r0898) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 282 Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control Figure 8-34 FP 2501 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 283: Function Diagram 2503 - Status Word, Sequence Control (R0899)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.2 Function diagram 2503 - Status word, sequence control (r0899) Figure 8-35 FP 2503 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 284: Function Diagram 2505 - Control Word, Setpoint Channel (R1198)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.3 Function diagram 2505 - Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) Figure 8-36 FP 2505 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 285: Function Diagram 2510 - Status Word 1 (R0052)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.4 Function diagram 2510 - Status word 1 (r0052) Figure 8-37 FP 2510 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 286: Function Diagram 2511 - Status Word 2 (R0053)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.5 Function diagram 2511 - Status word 2 (r0053) Figure 8-38 FP 2511 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 287: Function Diagram 2512 - Control Word 1 (R0054)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.6 Function diagram 2512 - Control word 1 (r0054) Figure 8-39 FP 2512 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 288: Function Diagram 2513 - Supplementary Control Word (R0055)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.7 Function diagram 2513 - Supplementary control word (r0055) Figure 8-40 FP 2513 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 289: Function Diagram 2522 - Status Word, Speed Controller (R1407)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.8 Function diagram 2522 - Status word, speed controller (r1407) Figure 8-41 FP 2522 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 290: Function Diagram 2526 - Status Word, Closed-Loop Control (R0056)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.9 Function diagram 2526 - Status word, closed-loop control (r0056) Figure 8-42 FP 2526 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 291: Function Diagram 2530 - Status Word, Current Control (R1408)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.10 Function diagram 2530 - Status word, current control (r1408) Figure 8-43 FP 2530 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 292: Function Diagram 2534 - Status Word, Monitoring Functions 1 (R2197)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.11 Function diagram 2534 - Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) Figure 8-44 FP 2534 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 293: Function Diagram 2536 - Status Word, Monitoring Functions 2 (R2198)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.12 Function diagram 2536 - Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) Figure 8-45 FP 2536 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 294: Function Diagram 2537 - Status Word, Monitoring Functions 3 (R2199)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.13 Function diagram 2537 - Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) Figure 8-46 FP 2537 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 295: Function Diagram 2546 - Control Word, Faults/Alarms (R2138)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.14 Function diagram 2546 - Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) Figure 8-47 FP 2546 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 296: Function Diagram 2548 - Status Word, Faults/Alarms 1 And 2 (R2139 And R2135)

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.6.15 Function diagram 2548 - Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) Figure 8-48 FP 2548 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 297: Jogging

    When jogging, the same ramp-function generator is active as for the ON/OFF1 command. Example Parameter Description p1055 = 722.0 Jogging bit 0: Select jogging 1 via digital input 0 p1056 = 722.1 Jogging bit 1: Select jogging 2 via digital input 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 298: Switching Over The Drive Control (Command Data Set)

    You select the command data set using parameters p0810 and p0811. To do this, you must interconnect parameters p0810 and p0811 with control commands of your choice, e.g. a digital input. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 299 Example The converter evaluates its control commands depending on digital input DI 3: • Via a fieldbus from a central control system • Via the converter digital inputs at the installation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 300: Factory Setting

    Number of command data sets (CDS) p0809[0 … 2] Copy command data set CDS p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 Dependent on the converter p0811 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 301: Function Diagram 8560 - Command Data Set

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.9 Function diagram 8560 - Command Data Set Figure 8-51 FP 8560 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 302: Selecting Physical Units

    When the reference variable changes, then the significance of the scaled value also changes. Example: • Reference speed = 1500 rpm → fixed speed = 80 % corresponds to the speed = 1200 rpm • Reference speed = 3000 rpm → fixed speed = 80 % corresponds to the speed = 2400 rpm SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 303: Groups Of Units

    Unit selection for p0505 = Reference value for % p2000 p2000 Vrms Vrms P2001 p2001 p2001 Arms Arms p2002 p2002 lbf ft p2003 lbf ft lbf ft 14_5 r2004 14_10 21_1 ° C ° C ° F ° F SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 304: Technological Unit Of The Technology Controller

    You can set the technological unit for each additional technology controller.   Technological Reference variable for Unit group unit the technological unit Additional technology controller 0 p11026 p11027 Additional technology controller 1 p11126 p11127 Additional technology controller 2 p11226 p11227 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 305: Free Function Blocks

    You can only use a function block once. The converter has 2 adders for instance, ADD 0 and ADD 1. If you have already configured 2 adders, then no other adders are available. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 306: Runtime Groups And Run Sequence

    If a value of 0 is available at all inputs I0 … I3, then Q = 0. In all other cases, output Q = 1.   OR 0 OR 1 OR 2 I0 … I3 p20046[0 … 3] p20050[0 … 3] p20054[0 … 3] r20047 r20051 r20055 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 307 Runtime group p20064 p20068 p20072 Run sequence p20065 p20069 p20073 Logic block NOT (inverter) The function block inverts the input: I = 0 ⇒ Q = 1 I = 1 ⇒ Q = 0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 308 Runtime group p20104 p20108 Run sequence p20105 p20109 Calculation block MUL (multiplier) Y = X0 × X1 × X2 × X3 The function block multiplies inputs X0 … X3, and limits the result in the range -3.4E38 … 3.4E38. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 309 Calculation block NCM (numeric comparator) The function block compares two inputs with one another. Table 8-47 Function table Comparing inputs X0 > X1 X0 = X1 X0 < X1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 310 When I = 0, then the function block sets Q = 0.   PDE 0 PDE 1 PDE 2 p20158[0] p20163[0] p20334[0] p20159 p20164 p20335 r20160 r20165 r20336 Runtime group p20161 p20166 p20337 Run sequence p20162 p20167 p20338 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 311 Truth table No change   RSR 0 RSR 1 RSR 2 S, R p20188[0, 1] p20193[0, 1] p20324[0, 1] r20189 r20194 r20325 r20190 r20195 r20326 Runtime group p20191 p20196 p20327 Run sequence p20192 p20197 p20328 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 312 The function block limits output Y to values within LL … LU.   LIM 0 LIM 1 p20228[0] p20236[0] p20229 p20237 p20230 p20238 r20231 r20239 r20232 r20240 r20233 r20241 Runtime group p20234 p20242 Run sequence p20235 p20243 LU must be greater than LL SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 313: Activating Free Function Blocks

    3. Interconnect the inputs and outputs of the function block with the required signals in the converter. You have now activated a free function block and interconnected its inputs and outputs. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 314 Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control Example p20096 = 5 assigns ADD 0 to runtime group 5. p20097 < p20101 (factory setting): The converter first calculates ADD 0 and then ADD 1. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 315: Function Diagram 7200 - Sampling Times Of The Runtime Groups

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.5 Function diagram 7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups Figure 8-52 FP 7200 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 316: Function Diagram 7210 - Logic Block And

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.6 Function diagram 7210 - Logic block AND Figure 8-53 FP 7210 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 317: Function Diagram 7212 - Logic Block Or

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.7 Function diagram 7212 - Logic block OR Figure 8-54 FP 7212 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 318: Function Diagram 7214 - Logic Block Exclusive Or

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.8 Function diagram 7214 - Logic block EXCLUSIVE OR Figure 8-55 FP 7214 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 319: Function Diagram 7216 - Logic Block Inverter

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.9 Function diagram 7216 - Logic block INVERTER Figure 8-56 FP 7216 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 320: Function Diagram 7220 - Arithmetic Blocks Adder And Subtractor

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.10 Function diagram 7220 - Arithmetic blocks ADDER and SUBTRACTOR Figure 8-57 FP 7220 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 321: Function Diagram 7222 - Arithmetic Blocks Multiplier And Divider

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.11 Function diagram 7222 - Arithmetic blocks MULTIPLIER and DIVIDER Figure 8-58 FP 7222 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 322: Function Diagram 7225 - Arithmetic Block Comparator

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.12 Function diagram 7225 - Arithmetic block COMPARATOR Figure 8-59 FP 7225 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 323: Function Diagram 7230 - Timer Block Pulse Generator

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.13 Function diagram 7230 - Timer block PULSE GENERATOR Figure 8-60 FP 7230 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 324: Function Diagram 7232 - Timer Blocks Switch-On Delay

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.14 Function diagram 7232 - Timer blocks SWITCH-ON DELAY Figure 8-61 FP 7232 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 325: Function Diagram 7233 - Timer Blocks Switch-Off Delay

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.15 Function diagram 7233 - Timer blocks SWITCH-OFF DELAY Figure 8-62 FP 7233 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 326: Function Diagram 7240 - Memory Block Rs Flip-Flop

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.16 Function diagram 7240 - Memory block RS flip-flop Figure 8-63 FP 7240 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 327: Function Diagram 7250 - Switch Block Numerical Switchover

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.17 Function diagram 7250 - Switch block NUMERICAL SWITCHOVER Figure 8-64 FP 7250 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 328: Function Diagram 7260 - Control Block Limiter

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.18 Function diagram 7260 - Control block LIMITER Figure 8-65 FP 7260 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 329: Function Diagram 7270 - Block Limit Monitor

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.11.19 Function diagram 7270 - Block LIMIT MONITOR Figure 8-66 FP 7270 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 330: Controlling Clockwise And Counter-Clockwise Rotation Via Digital Inputs

    Assign the following digital inputs to the commands: • DI 0: ON/OFF1 • DI 1 or other available DI terminals: Reversing Table 8-49 Function table ON/OFF1 Reversing Function The motor stops Clockwise motor rotation Counter-clockwise motor rotation SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 331: Two-Wire Control, Clockwise/Counter-Clockwise Rotation 1

    - and simultaneously select a direction of rotation. The converter only accepts a new command when the motor is at a standstill. Figure 8-68 Two-wire control, clockwise/counter-clockwise rotation 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 332 BI: 2/3 wire control command 1 p3331[C] BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 r3333.0…3 CO/BO: 2/3 wire control control word p3334 2/3 wire control selection 1: Two-wire control, clockwise/counter-clockwise rotation 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 333 DI 1: ON/OFF1 counterclockwise rotation (example) p0840 = r3333.0 Interconnect the signal source for ON/OFF1 p1113 = r3333.1 Set the signal source to invert the setpoint p0971 = 1 Save settings SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 334: Three-Wire Control, Enable/Clockwise/Counter-Clockwise Rotation

    • DI 2 or other available DI terminals: Counter-clockwise rotation Table 8-52 Function table Enable / OFF1 ON clockwise rota‐ ON counter-clock‐ Function tion wise rotation 0 or 1 0 or 1 The motor stops. 0→1 Clockwise motor rotation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 335 BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 p3332[C] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 r3333.0…3 CO/BO: 2/3 wire control control word p3334 2/3 wire control selection 3: Three-wire control enable/clockwise/counter-clockwise ro‐ tation SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 336: Three-Wire Control, Enable/On/Reverse

    DI 2: ON counter-clockwise rotation (example) p0840 = r3333.0 Interconnect the signal source for ON/OFF1 p1113 = r3333.1 Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint p0971 = 1 Save settings SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 337 BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 p3332[C] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 r3333.0…3 CO/BO: 2/3 wire control control word p3334 2/3 wire control selection 4: Three-wire control enable/ON/reverse SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 338: Function Diagram 2272 - Two-Wire Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.12.6 Function diagram 2272 - Two-wire control Figure 8-72 FP 2272 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 339: Function Diagram 2273 - Three-Wire Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.3 Drive control 8.3.12.7 Function diagram 2273 - Three-wire control Figure 8-73 FP 2273 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 340: Pump Control

    Maximally only one motor can be connected to the converter at any time. Soft pump switching can be realized as all motors start/stop with ramp speeds, so as to minimize the shock to the pipes. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 341 Low-voltage circuit breakers M1 … M6 Motors Pressure sensor. Interconnect the signal of the pressure sensor with the actual-value input of the technology controller. Figure 8-74 Mains circuit Figure 8-75 External relay control circuit SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 342 The multi-pump control does not support motor direction inversion (p1113). Note If you need to reverse the rotation of the line-controlled motor(s) under the ESM mode, extra circuit and control is required. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 343: Further Information

    M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6. • p29522 = 1: Selecting the next pump according to the operating hours. The converter switches in the pump with the least absolute operating hours (p29530[0...5]). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 344 Advanced commissioning 8.4 Pump control Figure 8-76 Pump switch-in SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 345 (M5 →M4 → M3 → M2 → M1). • p29522 = 1: Selecting the next pump according to the operating hours. The converter switches off the line-controlled pumps with the most absolute operating hours (p29530[0...5]). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 346 Number Name Factory setting p0730 ... p0735 BI: Signal source for digital outputs DO 0 ... DO 5 p1080[D] Minimum speed Depending on the converter p1082[D] Maximum speed 1500 rpm SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 347: Stop Mode

    Sequence stop aims to reduce the water hammer effect to pipes especially in systems with high power range. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 348 It is therefore important that the motor configuration parameter p29533 is not changed while the converter is running. Otherwise, the parameter value may no longer correspond to the mapping of the motors connected. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 349 Figure 8-78 Stop mode Parameters Number Name Factory setting r29529.0...19 CO/BO: Multi-pump control status word p29533 Multi-pump control switch-off sequence p29537 Multi-pump control disconnection lockout time r29538 Multi-pump control variable-speed motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 350: Pump Switchover

    When a pump is switched off, the continuous operating hours (p29547) of this pump reset to 0 automatically. This function balances the operation time of each pump, extends the lifetime expectancy of the system and reduces downtime. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 351 Multi-pump control switchover speed threshold p29534 Multi-pump control switchover lockout time 0.5 h p29539 Multi-pump control switchover enable p29547[0...5] Multi-pump control motors continuous operating hours r29538 Multi-pump control variable-speed motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 352: Service Mode

    • Make sure that all pumps are connected correctly to the mains and converter through low- voltage circuit breakers. • After a pump is set in service mode, make sure that its low-voltage circuit breaker is open before performing any troubleshooting operation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 353 Advanced commissioning 8.4 Pump control Figure 8-80 Service mode SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 354 BI: Multi-pump control motor under repair [0] p29542.0 [1] p29542.1 [2] p29542.2 [3] p29542.3 [4] p29542.4 [5] p29542.5 r29544[0...5] Multi-pump control index of motors under repair p29550 Multi-pump control time for motor stopping SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 355: Frost Protection

    If you want to run frost protection, make sure that Operator Panels (BOP-2 or IOP-2) or G120 Smart Access does not get control of the motor in the JOG/Hand mode. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 356: Condensation Protection

    Function description • OFF1/OFF3: OFF3 disables the condensation protection function while OFF1 enables this function again. • OFF2/fault: The motor stops and the condensation protection function is deactivated. Fault Speed SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 357: Cavitation Protection

    The range of delay time is 1 s to 65500 s. • The technology controller has reached the minimum limit (status of r53.10 is 1) or the maximum limit (status of r53.11 is 1). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 358: Deragging

    . This function saves the maintenance efforts for manually cleaning the pumps and also reduces system downtime. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 359 • p29590 = 4: enabled by a Binector input (p29591) while running Deragging counter (p29605) is used to display the number of times that deragging is performed during a specific period of time (p29606). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 360: Interaction With Other Functions

    • Deragging signal is ignored if the converter is restarted under the command of essential service mode, bypass operation, automatic restart, hibernation mode or multi-pump switching-in. • Deragging is interrupted if essential service mode, bypass, or hibernation mode is activated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 361: Pipe Filling

    – p29611 = 2 The converter fills the pipe with a low speed for a specified time (p29613) after each switch on and then changes the speed to the setpoint. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 362 Pipe filling speed 900 rpm p29613[D] Pipe filling time 50 s p29614[D] Pipe filling threshold p29615[D] Pipe filling monitoring time r29629.0 Status word: application r29640.0 Extended setpoint channel selection output SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 363: Setpoints And Setpoint Processing

    Under the following conditions, the converter switches from the main setpoint to other setpoints: • When the technology controller is active and appropriately interconnected, its output specifies the motor speed. • When jogging is active SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 364 Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing • When controlling from an operator panel • When controlling from SINAMICS G120 Smart Access SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 365: Analog Input As Setpoint Source

    Dependent on the converter p1071[C] CI: Main setpoint scaling r1073 CO: Main setpoint active - rpm p1075[C] CI: Supplementary setpoint p1076[C] CI: Supplementary setpoint scaling r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective - rpm SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 366: Specifying The Setpoint Via The Fieldbus

    CI: Main setpoint scaling r1073 CO: Main setpoint active - rpm p1075[C] CI: Supplementary setpoint p1076[C] CI: Supplementary setpoint scaling r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective - rpm r2050[0…11] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive word SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 367: Motorized Potentiometer As Setpoint Source

    Figure 8-86 Function chart of the motorized potentiometer Example Setting with the motorized potentiometer as setpoint source: Parameter Description p1070 = 1050 Interconnects the main setpoint with the motorized potentiometer output. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 368 Motorized potentiometer configuration 0000 0110 bin p1037[D] Motorized potentiometer, maximum speed 0 rpm p1038[D] Motorized potentiometer, minimum speed 0 rpm p1043[C] BI: Motorized potentiometer, accept setting value p1044[C] CI: Motorized potentiometer, setting value SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 369: Fixed Speed Setpoint As Setpoint Source

    Figure 8-88 Direct selection of the fixed speed setpoint Table 8-56 Resulting setpoint p1023 p1022 p1021 p1020 Resulting setpoint p1001 p1002 p1001 + p1002 p1003 p1001 + p1003 p1002 + p1003 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 370 Binary selection of the fixed speed setpoint Table 8-57 Resulting setpoint p1023 p1022 p1021 p1020 Resulting setpoint p1001 p1002 p1003 p1004 p1005 p1006 p1007 p1008 p1009 p1010 p1011 p1012 p1013 p1014 p1015 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 371: Factory Setting

    Dependent on the converter p1071[C] CI: Main setpoint scaling r1073 CO: Main setpoint active - rpm p1075[C] CI: Supplementary setpoint p1076[C] CI: Supplementary setpoint scaling r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective - rpm SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 372: Function Diagram 3001 - Overview Setpoint Channel

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.1.5 Function diagram 3001 - Overview setpoint channel Figure 8-90 FP 3001 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 373: Function Diagram 3010 - Fixed Speed Setpoints Binary Selection

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.1.6 Function diagram 3010 - Fixed speed setpoints binary selection Figure 8-91 FP 3010 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 374: Function Diagram 3011 - Fixed Speed Setpoints Direct Selection

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.1.7 Function diagram 3011 - Fixed speed setpoints direct selection Figure 8-92 FP 3011 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 375: Function Diagram 3020 - Motorized Potentiometer

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.1.8 Function diagram 3020 - Motorized potentiometer Figure 8-93 FP 3020 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 376: Function Diagram 3030 - Setpoint Scaling, Jogging

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.1.9 Function diagram 3030 - Setpoint scaling, jogging Figure 8-94 FP 3030 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 377: Setpoint Processing

    • The "Ramp-function generator" function prevents the setpoint from suddenly changing. As a consequence, the motor accelerates and brakes with a reduced torque. Figure 8-95 Setpoint processing in the converter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 378: Invert Setpoint

    Digital input 1 = 1: Converter inverts the setpoint. p1113 = 2090.11 Inverts the setpoint via the fieldbus (control word 1, bit 11). Parameter Number Name Factory setting p1113[C] BI: Setpoint inversion Dependent on the converter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 379: Enable Direction Of Rotation

    Set parameter p1111 = 1 to permanently inhibit the positive direction of rotation. Parameter Table 8-59 Application examples for inhibiting and enabling the direction of rotation Number Name Factory setting p1110 BI: Inhibit negative direction p1111 BI: Inhibit positive direction SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 380: Skip Frequency Bands And Minimum Speed

    Minimum speed 0 rpm p1083[D] CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation 210000 rpm r1084 CO: Speed limit positive active - rpm p1085[C] CI: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation 1083 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 381 A motor rotating in the wrong direction can cause significant material damage to the machine or system. • Inhibit the motor direction of rotation that is not permissible. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 382: Speed Limitation

    CI: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation 1083 p1086[D] CO: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation -210000 rpm p1088[C] CI: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation 1086 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 383: Extended Ramp-Function Generator

    The ramp-up and ramp-down times of the motor are increased by the rounding times: • Effective ramp-up time = p1120 + 0.5 × (p1130 + p1131). • Effective ramp-down time = p1121 + 0.5 × (p1130 + p1131). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 384 – In most applications, it is sufficient when the final rounding is set to the same value as the initial rounding. 4. Switch off the motor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 385: Dual Ramp Function

    • When the actual speed r0063 > p29571, switch to ramp time from p1120 · p29572. Ramp down • Converter starts ramp-down using ramp time from p1121 · p29573. • When the actual speed r0063 < p29574, switch to ramp time from p1121 · p29575. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 386 CO: Ramp-down scaling output p29578[C] CI: Ramp-up scaling input p29579[C] CI: Ramp-down scaling input p29580[C] BI: Dual ramp enable For more information about the parameters, see Chapter "Parameters (Page 583)". SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 387: Function Diagram 3040 - Direction Limitation And Direction Reversal

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.2.8 Function diagram 3040 - Direction limitation and direction reversal Figure 8-96 FP 3040 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 388: Function Diagram 3050 - Skip Frequency Bands

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.2.9 Function diagram 3050 - Skip frequency bands Figure 8-97 FD 3050 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 389: Function Diagram 3070 - Extended Ramp-Function Generator

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.2.10 Function diagram 3070 - Extended ramp-function generator Figure 8-98 FP 3070 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 390: Function Diagram 3080 - Ramp-Function Generator Status Word

    Advanced commissioning 8.5 Setpoints and setpoint processing 8.5.2.11 Function diagram 3080 - Ramp-function generator status word Figure 8-99 FP 3080 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 391: Technology Controller

    The U/f control or the vector control have been set. Function description Function diagram The technology controller is implemented as a PID controller (controller with proportional, integral, and derivative action). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 392: Basic Settings

    The settings required as a minimum are marked in gray in the function diagram: • Interconnect setpoint and actual values with signals of your choice • Set ramp-function generator and controller parameters K and T SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 393 You must change this limit, depending on your particular application. Example: The output of the technology controller supplies the speed setpoint for a pump. The pump should only run in the positive direction. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 394 Limiting the output of the technology controller Number Name Factory setting p2290[C] BI: Technology controller limitation enable p2291 CO: Technology controller maximum limiting 100% p2292 CO: Technology controller minimum limiting p2293 Technology controller ramp-up/ramp-down time 1 s SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 395: Factory Setting

    CO: Technology controller fixed value 14 140% p2215[D] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 150% p2216[D] Technology controller fixed value selection method r2224 CO: Technology controller fixed value active SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 396 CO: Technology controller motorized potentiometer, setpoint before RFG p2247[D] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-up time 10 s p2248[D] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down 10 s time r2250 CO: Technology controller motorized potentiometer, setpoint after RFG SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 397: Further Information

    • Actual value channel: Filter, limiting and signal processing • PID controller: Principle of operation of the D component, inhibiting the I component and the control sense • Enable, limiting the controller output and fault response FAQ (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/92556266) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 398: Autotuning The Pid Technology Controller

    If actual value = technology setpoint ± p2355, the autotuning function switches the polarity of the superimposed signal. This causes the converter to excite the process variable for an oscillation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 399 You have auto tuned the PID controller. ❒ Parameter Number Name Factory setting p2274 Technology controller differentiation time constant 0.0 s p2280 Technology controller proportional gain See parameter list p2285 Technology controller integral time See parameter list SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 400 4: Controller setting after completion of the autotuning as for p2350 = 1. Optimize only the P and I action of the PID con‐ troller.   p2354 PID autotuning monitoring time 240 s p2355 PID autotuning offset SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 401: Function Diagram 7950 - Technology Controller Fixed Setpoints Binary Selection

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.1.2 Function diagram 7950 - Technology controller fixed setpoints binary selection Figure 8-104 FP 7950 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 402: Function Diagram 7951 - Technology Controller Fixed Setpoints Direct Selection

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.1.3 Function diagram 7951 - Technology controller fixed setpoints direct selection Figure 8-105 FP 7951 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 403: Function Diagram 7954 - Technology Controller Motorized Potentiometer

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.1.4 Function diagram 7954 - Technology controller motorized potentiometer Figure 8-106 FP 7954 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 404: Function Diagram 7958 - Technology Controller Closed-Loop Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.1.5 Function diagram 7958 - Technology controller closed-loop control Figure 8-107 FP 7958 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 405: Function Diagram 7959 - Technology Controller Kp/Tn Adaptation

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.1.6 Function diagram 7959 - Technology controller Kp/Tn adaptation Figure 8-108 FP 7959 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 406: Free Technology Controllers

    Free tec_ctrl 0 unit selection 1 (%) p11027 Free tec_ctrl 0 unit reference variable 1.00 p11028 Free tec_ctrl 0 sampling time 2 (256 ms) r11049.0...11 CO/BO: Free tec_ctrl 0 status word SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 407 CO: Free tec_ctrl 0 output signal p11097 CI: Free tec_ctrl 0 maximum limit signal source 11091[0] p11098 CI: Free tec_ctrl 0 minimum limit signal source 11092[0] p11099 CI: Free tec_ctrl 0 offset limit signal source SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 408: Cascade Control

    Depending on the control deviation of the technology controller, the converter cascade control switches a maximum of three additional motors directly to the line supply via contactors. Requirement To deploy the cascade control, you must activate the technology controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 409 The converter brakes the speed-controlled motor with ramp-down time p1121 to the activation/deactivation speed p2378. Until the activation/deactivation speed p2378 is attained, the converter deactivates the technology controller temporarily. 4. After switch-on delay p2384, the converter connects an uncontrolled motor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 410 1 × M 2 × M       Parameter Number Name Factory setting p2200[C] Technology controller enable p2251 Technology controller mode p2370[D] Cascade control enable p2371 Cascade control configuration SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 411 • The actual speed must be higher than the restart speed for hibernation mode (p1080 + p2390) × 1.05. • The value for the activation delay of the cascade control p2374 must be higher than the ramp- up time t from hibernation mode.  = (p1080 + p2390) × 1.05 × p1120 × p1139/p1082 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 412: Real Time Clock (Rtc)

    If you wish to use the real-time clock, you must set the time and date once when commissioning. If you restore the converter factory setting, the converter only resets parameters p8402 and p8405 of the real-time clock. P8400 and p8401 are not reset. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 413 Factory setting p8400[0 … 2] RTC time p8401[0 … 2] RTC date 1.1.1970 p8402[0 … 8] RTC daylight saving time setting r8403 RTC daylight saving time actual difference r8404 RTC weekday p8405 Activate/deactivate RTC alarm A01098 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 414: Time Switch (Dtc)

    - p8410[6] = 0     Sunday • Setting switching times: – ON: p8411[0] = 20 (hh),   p8411[1] = 0 (MM) – OFF: p8412[0] = 10 (hh),   p4812[1] = 0 (MM) • Enable the setting: p8409 = 1. The converter re-enables the DTC output. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 415: Function Diagram 7030 - Technology Functions, Free Technology Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.6 Function diagram 7030 - Technology functions, free technology controller Figure 8-114 FP 7030 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 416: Function Diagram 7036 - Technology Functions, Free Technology Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.6 Technology controller 8.6.7 Function diagram 7036 - Technology functions, free technology controller Figure 8-115 FP 7036 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 417: Motor Control

    6. Carry out the quick commissioning and the motor identification again. Quick commissioning using the BOP-2 operator panel (Page 155) You have set the reactor, filter and cable resistance between the converter and motor. ❒ SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 418: Setting The Saturation Characteristic Of The Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor (Third-Party Motor)

    "Quadrature axis flux over quadrature axis current" of the permanent magnet synchronous motor. The saturation characteristics of Siemens motors are stored in the converter. For non-Siemens motors, you need to set the saturation characteristic using the motor data sheet, for example. Precondition Quick commissioning has been completed.
  • Page 419 – p0362 = L1 / p0356 · p0366 – p0363 = L2 / p0356 · p0367 – p0364 = L3 / p0356 · p0368 – p0365 = L4 / p0356 · p0369 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 420: V/F Control

    (flux current control, FCC) For operation of the motor with V/f control, you must set at least the following subfunctions appropriate for your application: • V/f characteristic • Voltage boost SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 421 • Ratio between the converter size and the motor size • Line voltage • Line impedance • Actual motor torque The maximum possible output voltage as a function of the input voltage is provided in the technical data. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 422 Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode See parameter list p1333[D] V/f control FCC starting frequency 0 Hz p1334[D] V/f control slip compensation starting frequency 0 Hz p1335[D] Slip compensation scaling p1338[D] V/f mode resonance damping gain SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 423: Optimizing Motor Starting

    If message A07409 appears, it is not permissible that you further increase the value of any of the parameters. Procedure 1. Switch on the motor with a setpoint of a few revolutions per minute. 2. Check whether the motor rotates smoothly. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 424 Output voltage, maximum Vrms p0310[M] Rated motor frequency 0 Hz p1310[D] Starting current (voltage boost) permanent p1311[D] Starting current (voltage boost) when accelerating p1312[D] Starting current (voltage boost) when starting SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 425: V/F Control With Standard Drive Control

    • With increasing speed, the converter changes from closed-loop starting current control to V/f control with load-dependent voltage boost. • The slip compensation is activated. • Soft starting is not possible. • Reduced setting options SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 426 Parameter Number Name Factory setting r0025 CO: Output voltage, smoothed - Vrms r0066 CO: Output frequency - Hz r0071 Output voltage, maximum - Vrms SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 427 Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control Number Name Factory setting p0310[D] Rated motor frequency 0 Hz p0501 Technology application SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 428: Optimizing Motor Starting Using Standard Drive Control

    ... p1312 can cause the motor to overheat and switch off (trip) the converter due to overcurrent. If message A07409 appears, it is not permissible that you further increase the value of any of the parameters. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 429 Rated motor magnetizing current / short-circuit current 0 Arms p1310[D] Starting current (voltage boost) permanent p1311[D] Starting current (voltage boost) when accelerating p1312[D] Starting current (voltage boost) when starting SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 430: Function Diagram 6300 - V/F Control, Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.5 Function diagram 6300 - V/f control, overview Figure 8-123 FP 6300 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 431: Function Diagram 6301 - V/F Control, Characteristic And Voltage Boost

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.6 Function diagram 6301 - V/f control, characteristic and voltage boost Figure 8-124 FP 6301 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 432: Function Diagram 6310 - V/F Control, Resonance Damping And Slip Compensation

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.7 Function diagram 6310 - V/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation Figure 8-125 FP 6310 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 433: Function Diagram 6320 - V/F Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.8 Function diagram 6320 - V/f control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controllers Figure 8-126 FP 6320 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 434: Function Diagram 6850 - Standard Drive Control, Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.9 Function diagram 6850 - Standard Drive Control, overview Figure 8-127 FP 6850 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 435: Function Diagram 6851 - Standard Drive Control, Characteristic And Voltage Boost

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.10 Function diagram 6851 - Standard Drive Control, characteristic and voltage boost Figure 8-128 FP 6851 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 436: Function Diagram 6853 - Standard Drive Control, Resonance Damping And Slip Compensation

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.11 Function diagram 6853 - Standard Drive Control, resonance damping and slip compensation SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 437 Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control Figure 8-129 FP 6853 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 438: Function Diagram 6854 - Standard Drive Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.12 Function diagram 6854 - Standard Drive Control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controllers Figure 8-130 FP 6854 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 439: Function Diagram 6855 - Standard Drive Control, Dc Quantity Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.13 Function diagram 6855 - Standard Drive Control, DC quantity control Figure 8-131 FP 6855 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 440: Function Diagram 6856 - Standard Drive Control, Interface To The Power Module

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.3.14 Function diagram 6856 - Standard Drive Control, interface to the Power Module Figure 8-132 FP 6856 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 441: Encoderless Vector Control

    The higher output frequency also results in a higher motor slip, which is proportional to the accelerating torque. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 442: Optimizing The Speed Controller

    • The moment of inertia of the load is constant and does not depend on the speed • The converter does not reach the set torque limits during acceleration • You operate the motor in the range 40 % … 60 % of its rated speed SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 443 3. Wait until the actual speed has stabilized. 4. Increase the setpoint up to a maximum of 60% of the rated speed. 5. Monitor the associated characteristic of the setpoint and actual speed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 444 Speed controller actual speed value smoothing time (enco‐ 10 ms derless) p1470[D] Speed controller encoderless operation P gain p1472[D] Speed controller encoderless operation integral time 20 ms p1496[D] Acceleration precontrol scaling SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 445: Optimizing Operation Of The Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor

    10%. Let the motor cool down before each start attempt. Motor is oversaturated. Decrease p1610 and p1611 in‐ crementally by 10%. Increase ramp-up time p1120. Increase initial rounding time p1130. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 446: Additional Information

    Additional acceleration torque (sensorless) p1755[D] Motor model changeover speed sensorless operation 210000 rpm p1980[D] PolID technique Additional information You can find more information on the Internet. Commissioning a permanent magnet synchronous motor (https:// support.industry.siemens.com/cs/us/en/view/109780815) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 447: Function Diagram 6020 - Vector Control, Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.4 Function diagram 6020 - Vector control, overview Figure 8-134 FP 6020 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 448: Function Diagram 6030 - Vector Control, Speed Setpoint

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.5 Function diagram 6030 - Vector control, speed setpoint Figure 8-135 FP 6030 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 449: Function Diagram 6031 - Vector Control, Acceleration Model

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.6 Function diagram 6031 - Vector control, acceleration model Figure 8-136 FP 6031 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 450: Function Diagram 6040 - Vector Control, Speed Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.7 Function diagram 6040 - Vector control, speed controller Figure 8-137 FP 6040 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 451: Function Diagram 6050 - Vector Control, Kp And Tn Adaptation

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.8 Function diagram 6050 - Vector control, Kp and Tn adaptation Figure 8-138 FP 6050 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 452: Function Diagram 6060 - Vector Control, Torque Setpoint

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.9 Function diagram 6060 - Vector control, torque setpoint Figure 8-139 FP 6060 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 453: Function Diagram 6220 - Vector Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.10 Function diagram 6220 - Vector control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controllers Figure 8-140 FP 6220 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 454: Function Diagram 6490 - Vector Control, Closed-Loop Speed Control Configuration

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.11 Function diagram 6490 - Vector control, closed-loop speed control configuration Figure 8-141 FP 6490 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 455: Function Diagram 6491 - Vector Control, Flux Control Configuration

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.12 Function diagram 6491 - Vector control, flux control configuration Figure 8-142 FP 6491 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 456: Function Diagram 6630 - Vector Control, Upper And Lower Torque Limits

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.13 Function diagram 6630 - Vector control, upper and lower torque limits Figure 8-143 FP 6630 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 457: Function Diagram 6640 - Vector Control, Current/Power/Torque Limits

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.14 Function diagram 6640 - Vector control, current/power/torque limits Figure 8-144 FP 6640 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 458: Function Diagram 6700 - Vector Control, Closed-Loop Current Control Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.15 Function diagram 6700 - Vector control, closed-loop current control overview Figure 8-145 FP 6700 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 459: Function Diagram 6710 - Vector Control, Current Setpoint Filter

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.16 Function diagram 6710 - Vector control, current setpoint filter Figure 8-146 FP 6710 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 460: Function Diagram 6714 - Vector Control, Iq And Id Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.17 Function diagram 6714 - Vector control, Iq and Id controllers Figure 8-147 FP 6714 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 461: Function Diagram 6721 - Vector Control, Id Setpoint

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.18 Function diagram 6721 - Vector control, Id setpoint Figure 8-148 FP 6721 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 462: Function Diagram 6722 - Vector Control, Field Weakening Characteristic Flux Setpoint

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.19 Function diagram 6722 - Vector control, field weakening characteristic flux setpoint Figure 8-149 FP 6722 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 463: Function Diagram 6723 - Vector Control, Field Weakening Controller Flux Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.20 Function diagram 6723 - Vector control, field weakening controller flux controller Figure 8-150 FP 6723 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 464: Function Diagram 6724 - Vector Control, Field Weakening Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.21 Function diagram 6724 - Vector control, field weakening controller Figure 8-151 FP 6724 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 465: Function Diagram 6730 - Vector Control, Interface To The Induction Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.22 Function diagram 6730 - Vector control, interface to the induction motor Figure 8-152 FP 6730 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 466: Function Diagram 6731 - Vector Control, Interface To The Synchronous Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.23 Function diagram 6731 - Vector control, interface to the synchronous motor Figure 8-153 FP 6731 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 467: Function Diagram 6790 - Vector Control, Flux Setpoint Reluctance Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.24 Function diagram 6790 - Vector control, flux setpoint reluctance motor Figure 8-154 FP 6790 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 468: Function Diagram 6791 - Vector Control, Id Setpoint Reluctance Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.25 Function diagram 6791 - Vector control, Id setpoint reluctance motor Figure 8-155 FP 6791 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 469: Function Diagram 6792 - Vector Control, Interface To The Reluctance Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.26 Function diagram 6792 - Vector control, interface to the reluctance motor Figure 8-156 FP 6792 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 470: Function Diagram 6797 - Vector Control, Closed-Loop Dc Quantity Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.27 Function diagram 6797 - Vector control, closed-loop DC quantity control Figure 8-157 FP 6797 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 471: Function Diagram 6799 - Vector Control, Display Signals

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.28 Function diagram 6799 - Vector control, display signals Figure 8-158 FP 6799 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 472: Function Diagram 6820 - Dynamic Drive Control, Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.29 Function diagram 6820 - Dynamic Drive Control, overview Figure 8-159 FP 6820 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 473: Function Diagram 6821 - Dynamic Drive Control, Closed-Loop Current Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.30 Function diagram 6821 - Dynamic Drive Control, closed-loop current control Figure 8-160 FP 6821 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 474: Function Diagram 6822 - Dynamic Drive Control, Acceleration Model

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.31 Function diagram 6822 - Dynamic Drive Control, acceleration model Figure 8-161 FP 6822 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 475: Function Diagram 6824 - Dynamic Drive Control, Speed Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.32 Function diagram 6824 - Dynamic Drive Control, speed controller Figure 8-162 FP 6824 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 476: Function Diagram 6826 - Dynamic Drive Control, Torque Setpoint

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.33 Function diagram 6826 - Dynamic Drive Control, torque setpoint Figure 8-163 FP 6826 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 477: Function Diagram 6827 - Dynamic Drive Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controller

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.34 Function diagram 6827 - Dynamic Drive Control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controller Figure 8-164 FP 6827 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 478: Function Diagram 6828 - Dynamic Drive Control, Current/Power/Torque Limits

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.35 Function diagram 6828 - Dynamic Drive Control, current/power/torque limits Figure 8-165 FP 6828 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 479: Function Diagram 6832 - Dynamic Drive Control, Current Setpoint Filter

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.36 Function diagram 6832 - Dynamic Drive Control, current setpoint filter Figure 8-166 FP 6832 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 480: Function Diagram 6833 - Dynamic Drive Control, Iq And Id Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.37 Function diagram 6833 - Dynamic Drive Control, Iq and Id controllers Figure 8-167 FP 6833 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 481: Function Diagram 6834 - Dynamic Drive Control, Flux Setpoint

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.38 Function diagram 6834 - Dynamic Drive Control, flux setpoint Figure 8-168 FP 6834 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 482: Function Diagram 6835 - Dynamic Drive Control, Id Setpoint Reluctance Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.39 Function diagram 6835 - Dynamic Drive Control, Id setpoint reluctance motor Figure 8-169 FP 6835 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 483: Function Diagram 6836 - Dynamic Drive Control, Id Setpoint Synchronous Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.40 Function diagram 6836 - Dynamic Drive Control, Id setpoint synchronous motor Figure 8-170 FP 6836 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 484: Function Diagram 6837 - Dynamic Drive Control, Field Weakening Characteristic

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.41 Function diagram 6837 - Dynamic Drive Control, field weakening characteristic Figure 8-171 FP 6837 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 485: Function Diagram 6838 - Dynamic Drive Control, Field Weakening Controller Induction Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.42 Function diagram 6838 - Dynamic Drive Control, field weakening controller induction motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 486 Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control Figure 8-172 FP 6838 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 487: Function Diagram 6839 - Dynamic Drive Control, Field Weakening Controller Synchronous Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.43 Function diagram 6839 - Dynamic Drive Control, field weakening controller synchronous motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 488 Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control Figure 8-173 FP 6839 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 489: Function Diagram 6841 - Dynamic Drive Control, Interface To The Induction Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.44 Function diagram 6841 - Dynamic Drive Control, interface to the induction motor Figure 8-174 FP 6841 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 490: Function Diagram 6842 - Dynamic Drive Control, Interface To The Synchronous Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.45 Function diagram 6842 - Dynamic Drive Control, interface to the synchronous motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 491 Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control Figure 8-175 FP 6842 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 492: Function Diagram 6843 - Dynamic Drive Control, Interface To The Reluctance Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.46 Function diagram 6843 - Dynamic Drive Control, interface to the reluctance motor Figure 8-176 FP 6843 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 493: Function Diagram 6844 - Dynamic Drive Control, Dc Quantity Control

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.4.47 Function diagram 6844 - Dynamic Drive Control, DC quantity control Figure 8-177 FP 6844 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 494: Electrically Braking The Motor

    Compound braking One version of DC braking. The converter brakes the motor with a defined ramp-down time and superimposes a DC current on the output current. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 495: Dc Braking

    = 1 and p1231 = 14 Function: 1. The motor speed has exceeded the starting speed. 2. The converter activates the DC braking as soon as the motor speed falls below the starting speed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 496 1. The higher-level control switches off the mo‐ tor (OFF1 or OFF3). 2. The motor brakes along the down ramp to the speed for the start of DC braking. 3. DC braking starts. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 497 CO/BO: DC braking status word Table 8-75 Configuring DC braking as a response to faults Number Name Factory setting p2100[0…19] Changing the fault reaction, fault number p2101[0…19] Changing the fault reaction, reaction SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 498: Compound Braking

    The motor will overheat if you use compound braking too frequently or for too long. This may damage the motor. • Monitor the motor temperature. • Allow the motor to adequately cool down between braking operations. • If necessary, select another motor braking method. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 499 Table 8-76 Setting and enabling compound braking Number Name Factory setting r1282 Vdc_max controller, switch-on level (U/f) p3856[D] Compound braking current (%) r3859.0 CO/BO: Compound braking/DC quantity control status word SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 500: Function Diagram 7017 - Technology Functions, Dc Braking

    Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control 8.7.5.3 Function diagram 7017 - Technology functions, DC braking Figure 8-179 FP 7017 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 501: Pulse Frequency Wobbling

    = 1/current controller cycle (2 kHz). These conditions apply to all indices. Parameters Parameter Description Factory setting p1811[D] Pulse frequency wobbulation amplitude For more information about the parameters, see Chapter "Parameter list (Page 586)". SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 502: Pole Position Identification

    • p1980 = 10: Comparatively slow method. This method is only possible if the motor can rotate freely during pole position identification. If you are using a Siemens motor, then the converter automatically selects the appropriate technique to determine the pole position.
  • Page 503 Advanced commissioning 8.7 Motor control Parameters Parameters Description Factory setting p1980 PolID technique r1992 CO/BO: PolID diagnostics p1998[D] PolID circle center point 0.0 [A] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 504: Drive Protection

    Rated motor current 0 Arms p0640[D] Current limit 0 Arms p1340[D] I_max frequency controller proportional gain p1341[D] I_max frequency controller integral time 0.300 s r1343 CO: I_max controller frequency output - rpm SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 505: Converter Protection Using Temperature Monitoring

    Overload response for p0290 = 1 The converter immediately switches off the motor with fault F30024. Overload response for p0290 = 2 We recommend this setting for drives with square-law torque characteristic, e.g. fans. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 506 If it is not possible to temporarily reduce the pulse frequency, or the measure cannot prevent a power unit thermal overload, then the converter switches off the motor with fault F30024. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 507 CO: Power unit overload I2t r0037[0…19] Power unit temperatures °C p0290 Power unit overload response p0292[0…1] Power unit temperature alarm threshold [0] 5 °C, [1] 15 °C p0294 Power Module alarm for I2t overload SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 508: Motor Protection With Temperature Sensor

    A07015. After 100 milliseconds, the converter changes to the fault state with F07016. – Short-circuit: The converter interprets a resistance < 50 Ω as a short-circuit and outputs the alarm A07015. After 100 milliseconds, the converter changes to the fault state with F07016. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 509 When using a Pt100 sensor, you require a free analog output and a free analog input of the converter. You can connect the sensor at analog input AI 0 as well as at analog input AI 1. Figure 8-182 Two-wire connection, three-wire connection and four-wire connection SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 510 Name Factory setting p29700[D] Temperature sensor type p29701 CI: Temperature sensor voltage source p29704 Cable resistance 0 Ω r29706 CO: temperature sensor excitation current r29707 CO: temperature sensor resistance value [Ω] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 511: Motor Protection By Calculating The Temperature

    Mot_temp_mod activation 0000 0010 0000 0010 bin p0625[M] Motor ambient temperature during commissioning 20 °C p0627[M] Motor overtemperature, stator winding 80 K r0632[M] Mot_temp_mod stator winding temperature - °C p0640[D] Current limit 0 Arms SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 512 Mot_temp_mod 1/3 fault threshold 120 °C No thermal motor model for permanent magnet synchronous motor Protect the permanent magnet synchronous motor against overtemperature by evaluating a Pt1000 sensor of the motor in the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 513: How Do I Achieve A Motor Overload Protection In Accordance With Iec/Ul 61800-5-1

    Thermal overload of third-party motors due to a trip threshold that is too high With a Siemens motor, the converter sets the trip threshold of the thermal motor model to match the motor. With a third-party motor, the converter cannot ensure in every case that the trip threshold is exactly right for the motor.

  • Page 514: Motor And Converter Protection By Limiting The Voltage

    The DC link voltage remains within the permissible range. Electrically braking the motor (Page 492) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 515: Factory Setting

    Vdc_max controller, dynamic factor 100% p1250[D] Vdc controller proportional gain p1251[D] Vdc controller integral time 0 ms p1252[D] Vdc controller derivative-action time 0 ms p1254 Vdc_max controller ON level for automatic detection SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 516: Function Diagram 6220 - Vector Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.8 Drive protection 8.8.7 Function diagram 6220 - Vector control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controllers Figure 8-186 FP 6220 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 517: Function Diagram 6320 - U/F Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.8 Drive protection 8.8.8 Function diagram 6320 - U/f control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controllers Figure 8-187 FP 6320 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 518: Function Diagram 6854 - Standard Drive Control, Vdc_Max And Vdc_Min Controllers

    Advanced commissioning 8.8 Drive protection 8.8.9 Function diagram 6854 - Standard Drive Control, Vdc_max and Vdc_min controllers SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 519 Advanced commissioning 8.8 Drive protection Figure 8-188 FP 6854 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 520: Function Diagram 8017 - Motor Temperature Model 1

    Advanced commissioning 8.8 Drive protection 8.8.10 Function diagram 8017 - motor temperature model 1 Figure 8-189 FP 8017 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 521: Function Diagram 8018 - Motor Temperature Model 2

    Advanced commissioning 8.8 Drive protection 8.8.11 Function diagram 8018 - motor temperature model 2 Figure 8-190 FP 8018 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 522: Monitoring The Driven Load

    Monitoring the driven load using a binary signal: The speed monitoring evaluates a periodic binary signal. A signal failure indicates that the motor and the load are no longer mechanically connected with each other. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 523: Stall Protection

    Factory setting r0068[0 … 1] CO: Absolute actual current value - Arms p2179[D] Output load detection current limit 0 Arms p2180[D] Output load detection delay time 2000 ms r2197[0 … 13] CO/BO: Status word monitoring functions 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 524: Blocking Protection

    Display values of smoothing time constant 4 ms r0063 CO: Speed actual value - rpm p2175[D] Motor blocked speed threshold 120 rpm p2177[D] Motor blocked delay time 3 s r2198 Status word monitoring functions 2 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 525: Torque Monitoring

    Torque actual value, smoothed p2181[D] Load monitoring, response p2182[D] Load monitoring, speed threshold 1 150 rpm p2183[D] Load monitoring, speed threshold 2 900 rpm p2184[D] Load monitoring, speed threshold 3 1500 rpm SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 526 Load monitoring torque threshold 3, upper 10000000 Nm p2190[D] Load monitoring torque threshold 3, lower 0 Nm p2191[D] Load monitoring torque threshold, no load 0 Nm p2192[D] Load monitoring, delay time 10 s p2193[D] Load monitoring configuration SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 527: Blocking Protection, Leakage Protection And Dry-Running Protection

    The monitoring is not active below speed threshold 1 and above speed threshold 3. When using the control mode "U/f control" (p1300 < 10), the "Blocking protection" function becomes active when the current limit is reached. Blocking protection (Page 522) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 528 Setting fan and compressor monitoring 1. Set p2193 = 5. 2. The converter sets the monitoring as shown. Figure 8-192 Default settings for fans and compressors 3. The converter sets monitoring response p2181 = 7 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 529: Further Information

    Load monitoring, delay time 10 s p2193[D] Load monitoring configuration Further information If you deselect monitoring with p2193 < 4, the converter then resets the load monitoring parameters to factory settings. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 530: Rotation Monitoring

    You have now set monitoring. ❒ Parameter Number Name Factory setting r0722 CO/BO: CU digital inputs, status p2192[D] Load monitoring, delay time 10 s p2193[D] Load monitoring configuration p3232[C] BI: Load monitoring, failure detection SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 531: Function Diagram 8005 - Monitoring, Overview

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.7 Function diagram 8005 - Monitoring, overview Figure 8-194 FP 8005 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 532: Function Diagram 8010 - Monitoring, Speed Signals 1/2

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.8 Function diagram 8010 - Monitoring, speed signals 1/2 Figure 8-195 FP 8010 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 533: Function Diagram 8011 - Monitoring, Speed Signals 2/2

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.9 Function diagram 8011 - Monitoring, speed signals 2/2 Figure 8-196 FP 8011 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 534: Function Diagram 8012 - Monitoring, Motor Blocked

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.10 Function diagram 8012 - Monitoring, motor blocked Figure 8-197 FP 8012 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 535: Function Diagram 8013 - Monitoring, Load Monitoring 1/2

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.11 Function diagram 8013 - Monitoring, load monitoring 1/2 Figure 8-198 FP 8013 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 536: Function Diagram 8014 - Monitoring, Load Monitoring 2/2

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.12 Function diagram 8014 - Monitoring, load monitoring 2/2 Figure 8-199 FP 8014 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 537: Function Diagram 8016 - Thermal Monitoring Motor

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.13 Function diagram 8016 - Thermal monitoring motor Figure 8-200 FP 8016 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 538: Function Diagram 8021 - Thermal Monitoring, Power Module

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.14 Function diagram 8021 - Thermal monitoring, power module Figure 8-201 FP 8021 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 539: Function Diagram 8022 - Monitoring Functions

    Advanced commissioning 8.9 Monitoring the driven load 8.9.15 Function diagram 8022 - Monitoring functions Figure 8-202 FP 8022 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 540: Drive Availability

    2. When the output frequency reaches the actual motor speed, the converter waits for the motor excitation build up time. 3. The converter accelerates the motor to the actual speed setpoint. Figure 8-203 Principle of operation of the "flying restart" function SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 541: Automatic Restart

    "flying restart" function. Flying restart – switching on while the motor is running (Page 538) Using p1210, select the automatic restart mode that best suits your application. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 542 (ON/OFF1 = 1). If, after a flying restart and magnetization (r0056.4 = 1) no fault occurs within one second, then the start attempt was successful. Figure 8-205 Time response of the automatic restart SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 543: Kinetic Buffering (Vdc Min Control)

    The following conditions have to be fulfilled to use the "kinetic buffering" function advantageously: • The driven machine has a sufficiently high inertia. • The application allows a motor to be braked during a power failure. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 544: Essential Service Mode

    Vdc_min controller, speed threshold 50 rpm 8.10.4 Essential service mode Overview In essential service mode (ESM), the converter attempts to operate the motor for as long as possible despite irregular ambient conditions. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 545 P3881 determines the ESM setpoint source. If you have defined an analog input as setpoint source using p3881, the converter can switch over to setpoint p3882 in case of wire breakage. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 546 It is not permissible to interconnect the digital input for ESM activation with other functions. 2. Set the ESM setpoint source via p3881. 3. Set the alternative ESM setpoint source via p3882. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 547 Automatic restart, wait time start attempts 1 s p1213 Automatic restart monitoring time for restart 60 s p1213 Automatic restart reset monitoring time for start counter 0 s p1266 BI: Bypass control command SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 548 BI: ESM activation signal source p3881 ESM setpoint source p3882 ESM alternative setpoint source p3883 BI: ESM direction of rotation signal source p3884 CI: ESM technology controller setpoint r3889[0…10] CO/BO: ESM status word SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 549: Function Diagram 7033 - Technology Functions, Essential Service Mode

    Advanced commissioning 8.10 Drive availability 8.10.5 Function diagram 7033 - Technology functions, essential service mode Figure 8-207 FP 7033 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 550: Energy Saving

    Function description Figure 8-208 Efficiency optimization by changing the motor flux The three variables that the converter can directly set, which define efficiency of an induction motor, are speed, torque and flux. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 551 Figure 8-210 Qualitative result of efficiency optimization, method 2 Depending on the motor operating point, the converter either decreases or increases the flux in partial load operation of the motor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 552 Efficiency optimization 2 minimum flux limit value p3316[D] Efficiency optimization 2 maximum flux limit value 110 % Table 8-84 Efficiency optimization, method 1 Number Name Factory setting p1570[D] CO: Flux setpoint 100% p1580[D] Efficiency optimization SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 553: Eco Mode

    ECO mode deactivation: ECO mode is deactivated when the setpoint changes or if the converter’s DC-link voltage is too high or too low. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 554: Further Information

    Further information about the parameter: Parameters (Page 583) Further information Information about energy saving in vector control mode: Efficiency optimization (Page 548) 8.11.3 Bypass Overview The "Bypass" function switches the motor between converter and line operation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 555 3. The converter waits for the unlocking time of the motor. 4. The converter waits for the feedback that the K1 converter contactor is open. 5. The converter closes the K2 line contactor via a digital output. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 556 5. The converter switches the motor on. 6. The converter adjusts with the "Flying restart" function its output frequency to the speed of the motor. The motor is now operated on the converter. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 557 The converter switches the motor between converter operation and line operation depending on the bypass control command p1266. • Changeover depending on the speed Figure 8-215 Changeover depending on the speed (p1267.1 = 1) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 558 K2 contactor and the motor coasts down. To operate the motor on the line supply also for deactivated converter, the higher-level control must supply the signal for the K2 line contactor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 559: Hibernation Mode

    If the motor does not reach the hibernation mode start speed within the wait time, the converter activates the hibernation mode and switches off the motor. • The motor speed drops below the hibernation mode starting speed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 560 0 [s] p2395[D] Hibernation mode boost speed 0 [rpm] p2396[D] Hibernation mode switch-off time maximum 0 [s] r2397 CO: Hibernation mode output speed current - [rpm] p2398 Hibernation mode duty type SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 561: Factory Setting

    0 [s] p2395[D] Hibernation mode boost speed 0 [rpm] p2396[D] Hibernation mode switch-off time maximum 0 [s] r2397 CO: Hibernation mode output speed current - [rpm] p2398 Hibernation mode duty type SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 562: Line Contactor Control

    Requirement The line contactor control requires a 24 V power supply from the converter. The 24 V power supply must be maintained, even when the line contactor is open. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 563 Line contactor control via DO 2 with feedback signal via DI 3 If the line contactor feedback signal is not available for longer than the time set in p0861, the converter flags fault F07300. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 564 CO/BO: Drive coupling status word / control word p0867 Power unit main contactor hold time after OFF1 50 ms p0869 Configuration sequence control 0000 bin p0870 BI: close main contactor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 565: Calculating The Energy Saving For Fluid Flow Machines

    The calculation is suitable for cen‐ trifugal pumps, fans, radial and axial compressors, for instance. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 566: Flow Characteristic

    Fluid flow machine speed, point 3 p3326[0…n] Fluid flow machine power, point 4 p3327[0…n] Fluid flow machine speed, point 4 p3328[0…n] Fluid flow machine power, point 5 p3329[0…n] Fluid flow machine speed, point 5 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 567: Flow Meter

    The calculation result associated with the output power then displays in parameter r29633. It should be noted that if the power is higher than the value entered in p29631[4], r29633 always displays the flow value entered in p29632[4]. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 568: Profienergy

    You can find an application example for PROFIenergy on the Internet: PROFIenergy - saving energy with SIMATIC S7 (https:// support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/41986454) Parameters Number Name Factory setting r5600 Pe energy-saving mode ID r5613 CO/BO: Pe energy-saving active/inactive SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 569: Control Commands

    (S1). – p5611.1 = 0: You use p5614 to interconnect a signal source that you use to switch off the converter and place it in switching on inhibited state (S1). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 570: Status Queries

    51 hex Time is not supported 52 hex Impermissible PE_Mode_ID 53 hex No switch to energy saving mode because of state operate 54 hex Service or function temporarily not available SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 571 Measured value Accuracy Name Do‐ Class Num‐ Name main Active power r0032 Active power smoothed r2004 Power factor r0038 Power factor smoothed 0 … 1 Active energy im‐ r0039[ Energy drawn port SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 572: Function Diagram 2381 - Control Commands And Interrogation Commands

    Advanced commissioning 8.11 Energy saving 8.11.8.4 Function diagram 2381 - Control commands and interrogation commands Figure 8-221 FP 2381 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 573: Function Diagram 2382 - Profienergy States

    Advanced commissioning 8.11 Energy saving 8.11.8.5 Function diagram 2382 - PROFIenergy states Figure 8-222 FP 2382 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 574: Function Diagram 7035 - Technology Functions, Bypass

    Advanced commissioning 8.11 Energy saving 8.11.9 Function diagram 7035 - Technology functions, bypass Figure 8-223 FP 7035 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 575: Function Diagram 7038 - Technology Functions, Hibernation Mode

    Advanced commissioning 8.11 Energy saving 8.11.10 Function diagram 7038 - Technology functions, hibernation mode Figure 8-224 FP 7038 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 576: Switchover Between Different Settings

    The associated parameters are indexed (index 0, 1, 2, or 3). One of the four indexes is selected with control commands, and thereby one of the four saved settings. The settings in the converter with the same index are called a drive data set. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 577 Drive data set (DDS) number p0819[0 … 2] Copy drive data set DDS p0820[C] BI: Drive data set DDS selection, bit 0 p0821[C] BI: Drive data set DDS selection, bit 1 p0826[M] Motor changeover, motor number SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 578: Function Diagram 8565 - Drive Data Set

    Advanced commissioning 8.13 Function diagram 8565 - Drive Data Set 8.13 Function diagram 8565 - Drive Data Set Figure 8-225 FP 8565 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 579: Explanations Of The Function Diagrams

    8.14 Explanations of the function diagrams 8.14 Explanations of the function diagrams 8.14.1 Symbols in the function diagrams Function description The symbols used in the function diagrams are explained below. Figure 8-226 Parameter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 580 Advanced commissioning 8.14 Explanations of the function diagrams Figure 8-227 Binary and analog blocks SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 581: Interconnecting Signals In The Converter

    Every function comprises one or several blocks that are interconnected with one another. Figure 8-229 Example of a block: Motorized potentiometer (MOP) Most of the blocks can be adapted to specific applications using parameters. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 582 This does not necessarily have to involve highly complex functions. Example 1: Assign a different function to a digital input. Example 2: Switch the speed setpoint from the fixed speed to the analog input. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 583 • All the binectors and connectors are located in the Parameter list. • The function diagrams provide a complete overview of the factory setting for the signal interconnections and the setting options. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 584: Function Diagram 1021 - Explanation Of The Symbols

    Advanced commissioning 8.14 Explanations of the function diagrams 8.14.3 Function diagram 1021 - Explanation of the symbols Figure 8-232 FP 1021 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 585: Parameters

    • p1234[0...2] Adjustable parameters with index 0 to 2 • p1234.0 … 15 Adjustable parameters with bit 0 to bit 15 • p1234[1] Adjustable parameter index 1 • p1234.1 Adjustable parameter bit 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 586 The following reference variables are available: • p2000 … p2003: Reference speed, reference voltage, etc. • PERCENT: 1.0 = 100% • 4000H: 4000 hex = 100% (word) or 4000 0000 hex = 100% (double word) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 587 Parameters 9.1 Explanation of the detailed parameter list Additional information This parameter list is based on the following firmware: • Firmware version: V1.05 • Firmware version of the basic system V04715224_1050001 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

  • Page 588: Parameter List

    See also: r0046 NOTICE For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed. Note OC: Operating condition RFG: Ramp-function generator COMM: Commissioning MotID: Motor data identification SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 589 SDC as default(p96=1), or set as 1 if DDC as default(p96=2), depending on the power unit that is connected. p0010 = 3 is used for the subsequent commissioning of additional drive data sets (creating data sets: see p0010 = 15). p0010 = 29, 39, 49: Only for internal Siemens use! SINAMICS G120XA PN converter...
  • Page 590 Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 591 Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 592 The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 593 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 5730, 6799 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Displays the smoothed torque actual value. Dependency: See also: r0080 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 594 After the drive is switched on, the system starts to determine the motor temperature with an assumed model value. This means that the value for the motor utilization is only valid after a stabilization time. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 595 Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 8021 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [°C] - [°C] - [°C] Description: Display and connector output for the temperature in the power unit. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 596 [17] = Depletion layer 5 [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Reserved NOTICE Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]). r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]).
  • Page 597 [17] = Depletion layer 5 [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Reserved NOTICE Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]). r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]).
  • Page 598 This display is used for a fluid-flow machine. The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 ... p3329. For an operating time of below 100 hours, the display is interpolated up to 100 hours. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 599 Display and BICO output for missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being commissioned. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   OFF1 enable missing 7954   OFF2 enable missing SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 600 Power unit enable missing   Function bypass active   Drive inactive or not operational   De-magnetizing not completed   Speed controller inhibited   Jog setpoint active Dependency: See also: r0002 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 601 - the pole position identification is active. - motor data identification is active (only certain steps). Bit 31 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the speed setpoint from jog 1 or 2 is entered. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 602 Identification stator inductance   250: Identification stator inductance LQLD   270: Identification stator resistance   290: Identification valve lockout time   295: Calibration output voltage measurement   300: Stationary measurement selected SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 603 Fault present   Coast down active (OFF2)   Quick Stop active (OFF3)   Switching on inhibited active   Alarm present   Deviation setpoint/actual speed   Control request   Maximum speed exceeded SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 604 Technology controller output at the lower limit   Technology controller output at the upper limit NOTICE p2081 is used to define the signal sources of the PROFIdrive status word interconnection. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 605 Bit 06: r2197 Bit 4 Bit 07: r2197 Bit 9 Bit 08: r2197 Bit 10 Bit 09: r1199 Bit 2 (negated) Bit 10: r2349 Bit 10 Bit 11: r2349 Bit 11 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 606 Max: Factory setting: Description: Display and BICO output for supplementary control word. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Fixed setpoint bit 0   Fixed setpoint bit 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 607 DDS selection bit 0   DDS selection bit 1   Technology controller enable   DC braking enable   Reserved   Reserved   External fault 1 (F07860)   CDS bit 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 608 Factory setting: - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator). Dependency: See also: r0020 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 609 Unit group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 6310, 6700, 6727, 6730, 6732 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz] Description: Displays the slip frequency for induction motors (ASM). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 610 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 6730 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [A] - [A] - [A] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 611 The maximum output voltage depends on the actual DC link voltage (r0070) and the maximum modulation depth (p1803). Note As the (driven) motor load increases, the maximum output voltage drops as a result of the reduction in DC link voltage. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 612 Max: Factory setting: - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Display and connector output for the field-generating current setpoint (Id_set). Note This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 613 Function diagram: 6020, 6060, 6710 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the speed controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 614 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6730, 6731 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the flux actual value. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 615 Depending on the setting, after quick commissioning and/or automatic parameterization, the procedure for motor data identification as well as the setting of the operating mode and parameterization of the closed-loop control must be appropriately adapted. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 616 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Identification of the Control Unit using an LED. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 617 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS). Dependency: See also: p0010, r3996 NOTICE When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 618 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C2(2) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 65535 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 619 SINAMICS G   151: PM330 (SINAMICS G120)   200: SINAMICS GM   250: SINAMICS SM   260: SINAMICS MC   300: SINAMICS GL   350: SINAMICS SL   400: SINAMICS DCM SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 620 The duty cycles can be overloaded provided that the drive converter is operated with its base load current before and after the overload. This is based on a load duty cycle of 300 s. Value: Load duty cycle with high overload for vector drives SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 621 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8021 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 622 If, in the switched-off state (pulse inhibit), the supply voltage is higher than the entered value, the Vdc controller may be automatically deactivated in some cases to prevent the motor from accelerating the next time the system is switched on. In this case, an appropriate alarm A07401 is output. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 623 - Do not parameterize p0210 with values that exceed the actual line voltage by more than 10 %. Note For bit 07: Only for internal Siemens use For bit 08 = 1: The activation threshold of the braking chopper (referred to the DC link voltage) is reduced as a function of p0210.
  • Page 624 If a filter type cannot be selected, then this filter type is not permitted for the power unit. p0230 = 1: Power units with output reactor are limited to output frequencies of 150 Hz. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 625 Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. See also: p0230 Note When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero.
  • Page 626 The number of hours operated can only be reset to 0 in this parameter (e.g. after a fan has been replaced). Dependency: See also: p0252 See also: A30042 Note For liquid-cooled chassis power units, the operating hours of the inner fan are displayed in p0251 and not in p0254. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 627 [0] = Threshold at which precharging starts [1] = Threshold at which precharging stops Dependency: See also: p1901 See also: F30021 Note This parameter is only relevant for chassis power units. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 628 When the motor data identification routine is selected, p0290 cannot be changed. For short-circuit/ground fault detection, when the test pulse evaluation is active via p1901 "Test pulse evaluation configuration", the pulse frequency at the instant of switch on is briefly reduced. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 629 If this threshold is exceeded, an overload alarm is generated and the system responds as parameterized in p0290. Infeed: When the threshold value is exceeded, only an overload alarm is output. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 630 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8750, 8760, 8850, 8864, 8950, 8964 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [V] - [V] - [V] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 631 If a motor is selected, which is not contained in the motor lists (p0300 < 100), then the motor code number must be reset (p0301 = 0), if previously a motor was parameterized from the motor list. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 632 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 633 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 634 If p0306 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum current p0640 is appropriately pre- assigned. Note Only operation with U/f characteristic makes sense if more than 10 identical motors are connected in parallel. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 635 For a parameter value of 0.0, the power factor is internally calculated and displayed in r0332. Dependency: This parameter is only visible for NEMA motors (p0100 = 1, 2). See also: p0100, p0308, r0332 Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 636 Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm] 0.0 [rpm] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 637 For induction motors, it is only necessary to enter the value if the rated motor slip is so high that the pole pair number r0313, obtained when making the calculation based on the rated frequency and rated speed, is too low. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 638 Sets the rated motor short-circuit current. NOTICE When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 639 Sets the current for the 1st phase of the two-stage technique for pole position identification routine. The current of the 2nd phase is set in p0329. The two-stage technique is selected with p1980 = 4. Dependency: See also: p0329, p1980, r1992 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 640 Sets the current for the pole position identification routine (p1980 = 1). For a two-stage technique (p1980 = 4), the current is set for the 2nd phase. The current for the 1st phase is set in p0325. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 641 For p0309 > 0, this value is converted into the power factor and displayed. Dependency: If p0308 is not entered, the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters. Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 642 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 643 See also: p0342, r0345 NOTICE When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 644 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: - [s] - [s] - [s] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 645 Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00000 [ohm] 2000.00000 [ohm] 0.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the stator resistance of the motor at ambient temperature p0625 (phase value). Dependency: See also: p0625, r1912 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 646 In this case, p0350 is a minimum of 10% of the measured value. The cable resistance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 647 For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (p0300 = 2), this is the non-saturated value and is ideal for a low current. For a controlled reluctance motor (p0300 = 6), this is the direct axis stator inductance at the rated operating point. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 648 For induction motors, p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 649 For induction motors, p0365 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 650 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 See also: p0364 Note When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 651 Displays the rated motor stator resistance at rated temperature (total of p0625 and p0627). Dependency: See also: p0627 Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 652 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6722, 6837 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 653 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 654 For p0096 = 1, 2 (Standard, Dynamic Drive Control) p0500 cannot be changed. NOTICE If the technological application is set to p0500 = 0 ... 3 during commissioning (p0010 = 1, 5, 30), the operating mode (p1300) is pre-set accordingly. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 655 For p0096 = 2 (Dynamic Drive Control) p0500 cannot be changed. NOTICE If the technological application is set to p0500 = 0 ... 3 during commissioning (p0010 = 1, 5, 30), the operating mode (p1300) is pre-set accordingly. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 656 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C2(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 657 - p1750.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency. - p1802 = 9 or 19 (optimized pulse pattern for p0300 = 14) - p1803 = 106 % SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 658 [6] = Parameters in p0521[0...19] [7] = Parameters in p0522[0...19] [8] = Parameters in p0523[0...19] [9] = Parameters in p0524[0...19] Dependency: See also: p0515, p0516, p0517, p0518, p0519, p0520, p0521, p0522, p0523, p0524 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 659 Access level: 3 Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 4294967295 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 660 4294967295 Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[6] for the specific scaling. p0521[0]: parameter number p0521[1]: parameter number p0521[2]: parameter number p0521[19]: parameter number Dependency: See also: p0514 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 661 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 662 - for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0, p0322 is used. - for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0, the minimum value from the two parameters is used. Dependency: See also: p0301, p0322, p0530, p1082 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 663 For p0595 = 1, 2, the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active. Value:   1 referred no dimensions     °C     ltr/s   m³/s   ltr/min   m³/min   ltr/h   m³/h   kg/s   kg/min SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 664 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.01 340.28235E36 1.00 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 665 Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note The hysteresis is 2 K. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 666 Messages, reduction of I_max   Messages, no reduction of I_max   Messages, no reduction of I_max, temperature storage Dependency: See also: p0601, p0604, p0605, p0614, p0615 See also: F07011, A07012, A07910 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 667 Setting to activate the motor temperature model. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Activate mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t)   Activate mot_temp_mod 2   Activate mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) extensions SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 668 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 8017 Min: Max: Factory setting: -40 [°C] 100 [°C] 20 [°C] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 669 When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note The hysteresis is 2 K. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 670 Furthermore this is a short-time measurement with limited accuracy that is performed during the magnetizing phase of the induction motor. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 671 For p0621 = 1, p0629 is also measured when switching on for the first time and not after the Control Unit has switched on. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 672 If the thermal I2t motor model is activated for permanent-magnet synchronous motors (refer to p0611), p0625 is included in the model calculation if a temperature sensor is not being used (see p0601). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 673 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 8018 Min: Max: Factory setting: 20 [K] 200 [K] 100 [K] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 674 - [°C] Description: Displays the stator iron temperature of the motor temperature model (models 2 and 3). Note For motor temperature model 1 (p0612.0 = 1), this parameter is not valid: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 675 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6640 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for the variable current limit. The value is referred to p0640. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 676 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 677 DI 7 (X203. 87) High   DI 11 (X132.3, 4) AI 0 High   DI 12 (X132. 10, 11) AI 1 High Note AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input X203: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 678 DI 11 (X132.3, 4) AI 0 High   DI 12 (X132. 10, 11) AI 1 High Dependency: See also: r0722 Note AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input X203: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 679 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note DO: Digital Output Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 680 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2119, 2030, 2130 Min: Max: Factory setting: 52.0 Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DO 2 (NO: X204. 98 / NC: X204. 99). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 681 Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DO 4 (NO: X204. 93). NOTICE The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 682 Setting to invert the signals at the digital outputs. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   DO 0 (NO: X134. 19 / NC: X134. 18) Inverted Not inverted SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 683 [3] = NI 1000 1 (X202 81/82) Dependency: The type of analog input AIx (voltage, current or temperature input) is set using p0756. See also: p0756 Note AI: Analog Input X202: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 684 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min: Max: Factory setting: [0] 4 [1] 4 [2] 8 [3] 8 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 685 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min: Max: Factory setting: -50.000 160.000 0.000 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 686 [2] = NI 1000 0 (X202 80/82) [3] = NI 1000 1 (X202 81/82) Note The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. X202: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 687 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 9566, 9568 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 100 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the wire breakage monitoring of the analog inputs. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 688 Sets the signal source for the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (X133 12/13) [1] = AO1 (X202 85/86) [2] = AO2 (X202 83/84) Note AO: Analog Output X202: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 689 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 9572 Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 690 [0] = AO0 (X133 12/13) [1] = AO1 (X202 85/86) [2] = AO2 (X202 83/84) Dependency: See also: p0776 NOTICE This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 691 See also: p0776 NOTICE This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). Note The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. X202: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 692 Displays the status of analog outputs. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   AO 0 negative   AO 1 negative   AO 2 negative Note AO: Analog Output SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 693   DI 11 (X132.3, 4) AI 0 High   DI 12 (X132. 10, 11) AI 1 High Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795. See also: p0795 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 694 If AI x is parameterized as a current input (p0756), the setpoint is a current in mA. See also: p0756, p0797 Note This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971). AI: Analog Input X202: IO module terminal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 695 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 1100 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 696 = (not relevant) p0803 = (not relevant) p0804 = 12 (start transferring the GSD files to the memory card) --> The GSD files are transferred from the device memory to the memory card and stored in the /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/ DATA/CFG directory. Value: Inactive  ...
  • Page 697 Note Bit 0 = 0: BICO interconnection active Bit 0 = 1: Master control for PC/AOP The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 698 The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836. The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050. A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 699 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 700 CDS selection bit 1 Dependency: See also: r0050, p0810, p0811 Note Command data sets are selected via binector input p0810 and following. The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 701 - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: No dedicated braking response, but pulse cancellation when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227) For drives with closed-loop speed/torque control, the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (pulses can be enabled) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 702 BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal - no OFF2 (enable is possible) CAUTION When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 703 For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies: BI: p0848 = 0 signal: - no dedicated braking response, but pulse cancellation when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 704 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2501 Min: Max: Factory setting: [0] 2090.3 [1] 1 [2] 2090.3 [3] 2090.3 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 705 The monitoring time is started after an 0/1 edge of the ON/OFF1 command. If the power unit does not return a READY signal within the monitoring time, fault F07802 is output. Dependency: See also: F07802, F07840, F30027 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 706 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 707 Factory setting: 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the sequence control. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Keep main contactor closed for STO Dependency: See also: p0867 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 708 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the sequence control. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Ready for switching on SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 709 Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6   350: SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4   352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6   353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4   354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4   999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: See also: p2038...
  • Page 710 Factory setting: - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault occurred. Dependency: See also: r0945, r0947, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, p8400 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 711 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Displays the device identification. Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42) [1] = Device type [2] = Firmware version [3] = Firmware date (year) [4] = Firmware date (day/month) [5] = Number of drive objects...
  • Page 712 = 2 --> 2 drive objects r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00) Device type: r0964[1] = 5713 --> SINAMICS G120XA USS r0964[1] = 5720 --> SINAMICS G120X DP r0964[1] = 5721 --> SINAMICS G120X(A) PN r0964[1] = 5723 -->...
  • Page 713 Parameters saved with p0971 = 10, 11, 12 can be loaded again with p0970 = 10, 11 or 12. Identification and maintenance data (I&M data, p8806 and following) are only saved for p0971 = 1. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 714 ... r0989[0...299] The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 715 ... r0999[0...99] The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 716 --> The analog setpoint (2) supplies the supplementary setpoint. --> The fieldbus (6) supplies the main setpoint. Value: No main setpoint   Motorized potentiometer   Analog setpoint   Fixed speed setpoint SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 717 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 3010 Min: Max: Factory setting: -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 718 Function diagram: 3010 Min: Max: Factory setting: -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 5. Dependency: See also: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 719 Dependency: See also: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 NOTICE A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 720 Dependency: See also: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 NOTICE A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 721 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 722 Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197. Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015. See also: p1020, p1021, p1022, r1197 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 723 Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Data save active   Automatic mode ramp-function generator active   Initial rounding-off active   Save in NVRAM active   Ramp-function generator always active SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 724 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2505, 3020 Min: Max: Factory setting: [0] 2090.14 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 725 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 3020 Min: Max: Factory setting: -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 726 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 3020 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for the setting value for the motorized potentiometer. Dependency: See also: p1043 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 727 This setpoint is the output value of the motorized potentiometer and must be appropriately interconnected onwards (e.g. with the main setpoint). Recommendation: Interconnect the signal with main setpoint (p1070). Dependency: See also: p1070 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 728 The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056. Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 729 Function diagram: 3040 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed limit effective in the setpoint channel. Dependency: See also: p1082, p1083, p1085, p1086, p1088 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 730 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 3001, 3030 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint. Dependency: See also: p1076, r1077, r1078 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 731 For sensorless vector control, interpolation should always be activated if the ramp-up and ramp-down times of the ramp-function generator are very short. The drive must be able to follow the external speed setpoint (the drive does not ramp up at the torque limit). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 732 Can be changed: C2(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 3020, 3050, 3070 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 1500.000 [rpm] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 733 NOTICE After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 734 Description: Sets the speed limit for the negative direction. NOTICE A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 735 Description: Sets skip speed 2. Dependency: See also: p1091, p1093, p1094, p1101 NOTICE Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 736 With the bit set, the setpoint speed is within the skip band after the ramp-function generator (r1170). The signal can be used to switch over the drive data set (DDS). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 737 If the technology controller is to supply the total setpoint using p1109, then it is not permissible to disable the interconnection to its status word (r2349.4). If the "hibernation mode" function is activated, then it is not permissible to disable the interconnection to status word r2399. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 738 Function diagram: 3050 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting. Dependency: See also: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 739 Factory setting: 0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 10.000 [s] Description: The ramp-function generator ramps-up the speed setpoint from standstill (setpoint = 0) up to the maximum speed (p1082) in this time. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 740 (setpoint = 0) in this time. Further, the ramp-down time is always effective for OFF1. Dependency: The parameter is pre-assigned depending on the size of the power unit. See also: p1082, p1127 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 741 Sets the minimum ramp-down time. The ramp-down time (p1121) is limited internally to this minimum value. The parameter cannot be set shorter than the minimum ramp-up time (p1123). Dependency: See also: p1082 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 742 Function diagram: 3070 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 3.000 [s] Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 743 Sets the ramp-down time from the maximum speed down to zero speed for the OFF3 command. Dependency: The parameter is pre-assigned depending on the size of the power unit. Note This time can be exceeded if the DC link voltage reaches its maximum value. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 744 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp-down time of the ramp-function generator. Dependency: See also: p1121 Note The ramp-down time is set in p1121. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 745 The ramp-function generator is, independent of the state of the signal source, active in the following cases: - OFF1/OFF3. - ramp-function generator output within the suppression bandwidth. - ramp-function generator output below the minimum speed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 746 The input value of the ramp-function generator is effective. The ramp-function generator output is adapted to the input value using the ramp-up time or the ramp-down time. 0 signal: The input value of the ramp-function generator is effective. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 747 If the input of the ramp-function generator does not change in comparison to the output by more than the entered tolerance time, then the status bits "ramp-up active" and "ramp-down active" are not influenced. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 748   Fixed setpoint bit 3 3010   Inhibit negative direction 3040   Inhibit positive direction 3040   Setpoint inversion 3040   Motorized potentiometer raise 3020   Motorized potentiometer lower 3020 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 749 The "flying restart" function must be used in cases where the motor may still be running (e.g. after a brief line supply interruption) or is being driven by the load. The system might otherwise shut down as a result of overcurrent. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 750 It is possible that a value exceeding 100% cannot be reached if the motor rated power is significantly less than that of the power unit. If the motor rated power is significantly higher than that of the power unit, then the search current should be increased for the higher speed range. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 751 Stop after positive direction   Stop after negative direction   No result   Fast flying restart w/ voltage model for induction motor activ. Yes   Flying restart with VSM active SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 752 Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Speed adaptation circuit record angle   Speed adaptation circuit set gain to 0   Isd channel enable   Speed control switched out SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 753 Restart after fault with additional start attempts   Restart after line supply failure following man. acknowledgment   Restart after fault following manual acknowledgment   Acknowledging all faults and reclosing for an ON command SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 754 Sets the start attempts of the automatic restart function for p1210 = 4, 6, 14, 16, 26. Dependency: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.0) and "wait for alarm" (r1214.1). See also: p1210, r1214 See also: F07320 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 755 Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.0 [s] 10000.0 [s] [0] 60.0 [s] [1] 0.0 [s] Description: Sets the monitoring time of the automatic restart (AR). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 756 Delay time running after automatic switch-on   Fault   Effective fault   Start counter bit 0   Start counter bit 1   Start counter bit 2   Start counter bit 3 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 757 For reasons relating to the compatibility to earlier firmware versions, a parameter value of zero in indices 1 to 31 is overwritten with the parameter value in index 0 when the Control Unit boots. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 758 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary braking) Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7017 Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 759 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7017 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 760 DC braking selected   DC braking selection internally inhibited   DC braking for OFF1/OFF3 Dependency: See also: p1231, p1232, p1233, p1234 Note For bit 12, 13: Only effective for p1231 = 14. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 761 Note The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage falls below the threshold 0.95 * r1242 and the controller output is zero. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 762 If subsequent optimization is required, this can be carried out using the dynamic factor. In this case p1250, p1251, p1252 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1247. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 763 Sets the integral time for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller). Dependency: The effective integral time is obtained taking into account p1243 (Vdc_max controller dynamic factor). Note p1251 = 0: The integral component is deactivated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 764 Sets the response for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering). Value: Buffer Vdc until undervoltage, n<p1257 -> F07405   Buff. Vdc until undervolt., n<p1257 -> F07405, t>p1255 -> F07406 Dependency: See also: F07405, F07406 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 765 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 766 0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 1.000 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for switching to line operation for a non-synchronized bypass. Dependency: The "Bypass" function is only available for induction motors. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 767 = 1: When the speed threshold entered in p1265 is reached, the bypass is switched in. The system only switches back when the speed setpoint again falls below the threshold value. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 768 Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction (p1110, p1111). Note The parameter has no effect for an operating mode, which only searches in the setpoint direction (p1200 > 3). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 769 Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode. Value: Inhibit Vdc ctrl   Enable Vdc_max controller   Enable Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering)   Enable Vdc_min controller and Vdc_max controller SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 770 If the activation level of the Vdc_max controller is already exceeded in the deactivated state (pulse inhibit) by the DC link voltage, then the controller can be automatically deactivated (see F07401), so that the drive is not accelerated the next time that it is activated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 771 Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering). Note The Vdc_min controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage rises above the threshold 1.05 * r1286 and the controller output is zero. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 772 Activates/deactivates the automatic sensing of the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller. When the sensing function is deactivated, the activation threshold r1282 for the Vdc_max controller is determined from the parameterized connection voltage p0210. Value: Automatic detection inhibited SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 773 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 6320, 6854 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual output of the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 774 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 775 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6300, 6301, 6851 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.0 [%] 250.0 [%] 50.0 [%] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 776 For vector control, the starting current is realized using p1611. Refer to:p0500, p0096 See also: p1300, p1310, p1312, r1315 NOTICE The voltage boost results in a higher motor temperature increase. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 777 This means that the output voltage can be reduced with respect to the calculated maximum voltage r0071 and the start of field weakening. Note The output voltage is only limited if, as a result of p1331, the maximum output voltage (r0071) is fallen below. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 778 If p1335 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1335 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 779 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6300, 6310, 6853 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 100.00 0.00 Description: Sets the gain for resonance damping for U/f control. Dependency: See also: p1300, p1339, p1349 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 780 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6300, 6850 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 [s] 50.000 [s] 0.300 [s] Description: Sets the integral time for the I_max frequency controller. Dependency: See also: p1340 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 781 The controller settings are also used in the current controller of the DC braking (refer to p1232). For p1346 = 0, the following applies: The integral time of the I_max voltage controller is deactivated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 782 Sensorless vector control speed precontrol 6030   I component for limiting Enable Hold 6030   Reserved   Anti-windup for integral component 6030   Acceleration model 6031   Free Tn reduction active 6030 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 783 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6491 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0000 0000 0000 1110 bin Description: Sets the configuration for flux setpoint control Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 784 Sets the configuration for the closed-loop control and the motor model. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Current controller adaptation active   d-current controller adaptation model-based   q-current controller adaptation model-based   Current controller decoupling filter SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 785 Ramp-function generator set   Encoderless operation due to a fault   I/f control active   Torque limit reached (without precontrol) 6060   Speed limiting control active 6640   Acceleration model activated SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 786 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 6040 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the actual smoothed speed actual value of the speed control. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 787 Factory setting: 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 0.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the lower adaptation speed of the speed controller. No adaptation is effective below this speed. Dependency: See also: p1461, p1463, p1465 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 788 Sets the P gain for encoderless operation for the speed controller. Note The product p0341 x p0342 is taken into account when automatically calculating the speed controller (p0340 = 1, 3, 4). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 789 The acceleration precontrol may not be used if the speed setpoint manifests significant ripple (e.g. analog setpoint) and the rounding-off in the speed ramp-function generator is disabled. We also recommend that the precontrol mode is not used if there is gearbox backlash. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 790 Function diagram: 6060 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Displays the accelerating torque for precontrol of the speed controller. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 791 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6630 Min: Max: Factory setting: 1520[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the upper torque limit. Dependency: See also: p1520, p1521, p1523 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 792 A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. Note This parameter can be freely interconnected. The value has the meaning stated above if it is interconnected from connector input p1528. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 793 Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner. NOTICE The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 794 - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the maximum limit for the torque-generating current component. Index 0 indicates the signal limited by the Vdc controller. Index: [0] = Limited [1] = Unlimited SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 795 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Displays the torque limit to limit the speed controller output. Index: [0] = Upper limit [1] = Lower limit SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 796 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6790 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [%] - [%] - [%] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 797 Factory setting: 50.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the flux setpoint referred to rated motor flux. The following applies for a synchronous reluctance motor: Scaling the flux setpoint. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 798 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 6723, 6724 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.0 [Vrms] 150.0 [Vrms] 2.0 [Vrms] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 799 To quickly establish the flux for torque changes, an appropriately short time constant for the flux build-up must be selected. It is preset with the inverse value of the rated motor frequency (p0310). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 800 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6722, 6724 Min: Max: Factory setting: 4 [ms] 5000 [ms] 15 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time for the flux setpoint. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 801 Sets the integral time for the flux controller. Note The value is automatically pre-assigned dependent on the motor when the drive system is first commissioned. When calculating controller parameters (p0340 = 4), this value is re-calculated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 802 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6714, 6723, 6724, 6725, 6726 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [%] - [%] - [%] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 803 When accelerating and braking p1611 is added to p1610 and the resulting total torque is converted into an appropriate current setpoint and controlled. For pure accelerating torques, it is always favorable to use the torque precontrol of the speed controller (p1496). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 804 Displays the limited field-generating current setpoint (Id_set). This value comprises the steady-state field-generating current setpoint r1623 and a dynamic component that is only set when changes are made to the flux setpoint. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 805 0.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain of the d-current controller for the lower adaptation current range. This value is automatically pre-set using p3900 or p0340 when commissioning has been completed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 806 Max: Factory setting: - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Display and connector output for the direct axis voltage setpoint Ud. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 807 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.0 [%] 99.0 [%] 50.0 [%] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 808 (p2177 > p1758) can cause the motor to stall. In this case you should deactivate the function or use closed-loop control throughout the speed range (note the information re bit 2 = 1). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 809 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 810 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 811 Function diagram: 6730, 6731 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.0 [%] 95.0 [%] 50.0 [%] Description: Sets the hysteresis for the changeover speed of the motor model for encoderless operation. Dependency: See also: p1755 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 812 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6730 Min: Max: Factory setting: 1 [ms] 200 [ms] 4 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time of the controller for speed adaptation without encoder SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 813 Sets the offset voltage in the beta direction; this compensates the offset voltages of the drive converter/inverter at low speeds. The value is valid for the rated (nominal) pulse frequency of the power unit. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 814 In order that the correction values of the Rs and Lh adaptation (selected using bit 0 ... bit 1) are correctly accepted when changing over the drive data set, a dedicated motor number must be entered into p0826 for each different motor. ASM: Induction motor RESM: synchronous reluctance motor SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 815 Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 10.000 0.100 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the Lh adaptation of the motor model for an induction motor (ASM). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 816 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8021 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.500 [kHz] 4.000 [kHz] 4.000 [kHz] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 817 (default, p1803 < 100 %). The higher the overmodulation, the greater the current ripple and torque ripple. When changing p1802[x], the values for all of the other existing indices are also changed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 818 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 6723 Min: Max: Factory setting: 20.0 [%] 150.0 [%] 106.0 [%] Description: Defines the maximum modulation depth. Dependency: See also: p0500 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 819 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the modulator. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 820 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 500 [ms] 540000 [ms] 1000 [ms] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 821 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 [µs] 3.99 [µs] 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase V. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 822 1 signal 0 signal   Fault time-critical   Gating unit mode bit 0   Pulse enable   Switch-off signal path STO_B Inactive Active   Switch-off signal path STO_A Inactive Active SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 823 Motor data ident. and speed controller opt., switch to operation   Motor data identification (at standstill), switch to operation Dependency: See also: p1300, p1910, p1960 See also: A07980, A07981, F07983, F07984, F07985, F07986, F07988, F07990, A07991 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 824 For this purpose, p1909.18 is set = p1959.13 is set = 1 . Value: Inhibited   Identifying motor data and optimizing the speed controller   Identifying motor data (at standstill) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 825 If the test was successful once after POWER ON (see r1902.0), then it is not repeated. For bit 02 = 1: The test is not only performed after POWER ON, but also each time the pulses are enabled. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 826 If the ground fault test was selected, but not successfully performed, then sufficient current was not be able to be established during the test pulses. For bit 04: A test pulse longer than one sampling time has occurred SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 827 Bit 22 ... 24: only for reluctance motors Bit 22 = 1: Only that measurement is carried out that is required for the flying restart of a reluctance motor. The bit is reset after a successful measurement SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 828 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 829 All motor data and the drive converter characteristics are identified and then transferred to the following parameters: p0350, p0354, p0356, p0357, p0358, p0360, p1825, p1828, p1829, p1830 After this, the control parameter p0340 = 3 is automatically calculated. p1910 = 20: Only for internal SIEMENS use. Value: Inhibited  ...
  • Page 830 All motor data and the drive converter characteristics are identified and then transferred to the following parameters: p0350, p0354, p0356, p0357, p0358, p0360, p1825, p1828, p1829, p1830 After this, the control parameter p0340 = 3 is automatically calculated. p1910 = 20: Only for internal SIEMENS use. Value: Inhibited  ...
  • Page 831 Min: Max: Factory setting: - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Displays the identified IGBT threshold voltage. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 832 Bit 01: p0320, p0360, p0362 ... p0369 Bit 02: p0341, p0342 Bit 03: p1400.0, p1458, p1459, p1463, p1470, p1472, p1496 Bit 04: Dependent on p1960 p1960 = 1, 3: p1400.0, p1458, p1459, p1470, p1472, p1496 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 833 Before the rotating measurement is carried out, the motor data identification routine (p1900, p1910, r3925) should have already been done. When selecting the rotating measurement, the drive data set changeover is suppressed. See also: p1300, p1900, p1959, p1967, r1968 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 834 Induction motor: The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency). Synchronous motor: The percentage value is referred to the minimum from p0310 (rated motor frequency) and p1082 (maximum speed). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 835 After it has been determined, the value is transferred to p0341, p0342. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2 NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb ft^2 See also: p0341, p0342, p1959 See also: F07984 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 836 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Display and BICO output for the diagnostics information of the pole position identification (polID) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 837 This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using p0573 = 1. See also: p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004, r3996 NOTICE When the reference speed / reference frequency is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 838 Rated motor current 50 A for MDS1 in DDS1 --> 100 % corresponds to 200 % of the rated motor current When the reference current is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 839 The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word). Dependency: This value is calculated as follows: Infeed: Calculated from voltage times current. Closed-loop control: Calculated from torque times speed. See also: p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 840 Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232). Note The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 841 Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface. Value: No protocol   PROFINET   EtherNet/IP Note Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 842 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 843 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2410 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0 [s] 100 [s] 0 [s] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 844 Function diagram: 2450, 2470, 9370 Min: Max: Factory setting: [0] 2089[0] [1] 63[0] [2...16] 0 Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 845 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Bit 0   Bit 1   Bit 2   Bit 3   Bit 4 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 846 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2470 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 847 [15] = PZD 16 + 17 Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Bit 0   Bit 1   Bit 2   Bit 3   Bit 4   Bit 5 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 848 Description: Sets the send and receive telegram. Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded. Value: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2   Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 849 9.2 Parameter list   350: SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4   352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6   353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4   354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4   999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: See also: p0922 Note For p0922 <...
  • Page 850 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: See also: p2088, r2089 NOTICE The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 851 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2472 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 852 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2472 Min: Max: Factory setting: [0] 1010 1000 0000 0000 bin [1...4] 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 853   Bit 1   Bit 2   Bit 3   Bit 4   Bit 5   Bit 6   Bit 7   Bit 8   Bit 9   Bit 10 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 854 Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Bit 0   Bit 1   Bit 2   Bit 3   Bit 4 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 855 Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Bit 0   Bit 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 856 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2468, 9360 Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 857   Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted   Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted   Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted   Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted Dependency: See also: r2094, r2095, p2099 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 858 For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault: - fault number does not exist (exception value = 0). - Message type is not "fault" (F). - fault response is not permissible for the set fault number. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 859 Max: Factory setting: [0] 722.5 [1] 722.5 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults. Note A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 860 - BI: p2108 negated - BI: p3111 - BI: p3112 negated Dependency: See also: p3110, p3111, p3112 See also: F07862 Note An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 861 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8050, 8065 Min: Max: Factory setting: 65535 Description: Number of alarms that have occurred after the last reset. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 862 Function diagram: 2546 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 2. Dependency: See also: A07851 Note An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 863 Fault (F)   Alarm (A)   No message (N) Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index. See also: p2118 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 864 When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history: r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest) . . . r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 865 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8050, 8075 Min: Max: Factory setting: 65535 Description: Selects the faults for which the acknowledge mode is to be changed SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 866 Max: Factory setting: Description: Display and BICO output for the trigger signals of the faults/alarms set in p2128[0...15]. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Trigger signal p2128[0] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 867 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8060 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Displays the code of the oldest active fault. Dependency: See also: r3131, r3132 Note 0: No fault present. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 868 Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Fault motor overtemperature 8016   Fault power unit thermal overload 8021   Alarm motor overtemperature 8016   Alarm power unit thermal overload 8021 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 869 Internal message 1 present   Alarm present 8065   Internal message 2 present   Alarm class bit 0 High   Alarm class bit 1 High   Maintenance required   Maintenance urgently required SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 870 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8012 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for the negated enable (0 = enable) of the motor stall monitoring. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 871 NOTICE The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note The binector input is automatically interconnected to r1199.2 as a default setting. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 872 Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint for the following messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off" (BO: r2197.7) "Ramp-up/ramp-down completed" (BO: r2199.5) "|n_set| < p2161" (BO: r2198.4) "n_set > 0" (BO: r2198.5) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 873 Factory setting: 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 5.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the signal "|n_act| < speed threshold value 3" (BO: r2199.0). Dependency: See also: p2150, r2199 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 874 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 8013 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 0.00 [rpm] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 875 The following applies for p2168 = 0: The special stall monitoring for pump/fan is deactivated. Then, only the remaining load monitoring functions (e.g. the leakage monitoring for a pump) for pump or fan are realized. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 876 Factory setting: 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 10 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the DC link voltage r0070 with the threshold value p2172. Dependency: See also: p2172 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 877 In the open-loop speed controlled operating range (see p1755, p1756), vector control stall monitoring depends on threshold p1745. At higher speeds, the difference between flux setpoint r0083 and flux actual value r0084 is monitored. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 878 See also: p2182, p2183, p2184, p2185, p2186, p2187, p2188, p2189, p2190, p2192, p2193, r2198, p3230, p3231 See also: A07891, A07892, A07893, F07894, F07895, F07896, F07898, A07920, A07921, A07922, F07923, F07924, F07925 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 879 (n_threshold 1) --> p2185 (M_threshold 1, upper), p2186 (M_threshold 1, lower) p2183 (n_threshold 2) --> p2187 (M_threshold 2, upper), p2188 (M_threshold 2, lower) p2184 (n_threshold 3) --> p2189 (M_threshold 3, upper), p2190 (M_threshold 3, lower) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 880 Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2187 > p2188 See also: p2183, p2188 See also: A07926 Note The upper envelope curve is defined by p2185, p2187 and p2189. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 881 Function diagram: 8013 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm] Description: Setting of the torque threshold to identify dry running operation for pumps or belt breakage for fans. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 882   |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 p2155 8010   n_act >= 0 8011   |n_act| >= n_set 8022   |n_act| <= n_standstill p1226 8022   |n_act| > n_max 8010 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 883 The threshold value is set in p2172 and the delay time in p2173. For bit 11: The threshold value is set in p2179 and the delay time in p2180. For bit 13: Only for internal Siemens use. r2198.4...12 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2  ...
  • Page 884 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Function diagram: 7950, 7951 Min: Max: Factory setting: -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 20.00 [%] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 885 Max: Factory setting: -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 60.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 6 of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 886 Dependency: See also: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 NOTICE A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 887 Dependency: See also: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 NOTICE A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 888 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7950, 7951 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2220, p2221, p2223 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 889 Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Data save active   Initial rounding-off active   Non-volatile data save active for p2230.0 = 1 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 890 Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. The setpoint change (CO: r2250) depends on the set ramp-up time (p2247) and the duration of the signal that is present (BI: p2235). Dependency: See also: p2236 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 891 Factory setting: - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: r2250 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 892 Sets the mode for using the technology controller output. Value: Technology controller as main speed setpoint Dependency: p2251 = 0 is only effective if the enable signal of the technology controller is interconnected (p2200 > 0). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 893 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7958 Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 894 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7958 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time of the technology controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 895 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7958 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value of the technology controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 896 Max: Factory setting: 0.00 [%] 500.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the scaling factor for the actual value of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2271 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 897 - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2264, p2265, r2266, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2270, p2271 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 898 When the controller output reaches the limit, the I component of the controller is held. p2285 = 0: The integral time is disabled and the I component of the controller is reset. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 899 0.00 [%] Description: Sets the minimum limit of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2291 CAUTION The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 900 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7958 Min: Max: Factory setting: 1084[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limiting of the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2291 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 901 If fault F07426 "technology controller actual value limited" occurs while ramping up to the starting value and if the associated reaction has been set to "NONE" (see p2100, p2101), the starting value is kept as the speed setpoint instead of a switch to closed-loop control operation. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 902 See also: p2310, p2312, p2313, p2314, p2315, r2316 CAUTION The upper value must be set higher than the lower value (p2312 > p2311). Note Kp adaptation is activated with p2252.7 = 1. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 903 Unit selection: - Function diagram: 7959 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the signal source to scale the results of the adaptation of the proportional gain Kp for the technology controller. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 904 Sets the lower value for the adaptation of integral time Tn for the technology controller. Dependency: See also: p2317, p2318, p2320, p2321, r2322 Note Tn adaptation is activated with p2252.8 = 1. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 905 Recommendation: To avoid speed setpoint steps in the range of the skip speeds, we recommend setting p2252 bit 4 = 1 (ramp-function generator bypass deactivated). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 906 If the fault occurs during ramping up to the starting setpoint p2302, this starting setpoint is retained as the final value (there is no changeover to the fault response setpoint). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 907 PID autotuning with ZN technique   As 1 with low overshoot   As 2 + low or no overshoot   PID autotuning, only PI Dependency: Active if the PID controller is enabled (see p2200). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 908 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the closed-loop cascade control function. 1 signal: The function is switched in. Value: Closed-loop cascade control inhibited   Closed-loop cascade control enabled SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 909 Selection 2 and 3 support selection options for automatically interchanging the motors, which are connected to the line supply. Value: Fixed sequence   Closed-loop cascade control after absolute operating hours   Automatic replacement after continuous operating hours SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 910 Dependency: See also: p2373 Note If the deviation at the technology controller input exceeds the overcontrol threshold p2376, the delay time is bypassed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 911 Description: Sets the speed for the main drive, which is approached directly after an external motor has been connected or disconnected. The parameter value refers to the maximum speed (p1082). SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 912 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.1 [h] 100000.0 [h] 24.0 [h] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 913 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 [s] 999.000 [s] 0.000 [s] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 914 Sets the delay time for the "hibernation mode" function. To ensure that the drive can be shut down (pulse inhibit), a restart condition must not occur during this time. Dependency: See also: p2390, p2392, p2393 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 915 Note For p2394 = 0 s, the following applies: The boost speed is not used. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 916 - [rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the actual output speed for the "hibernation mode" function. Note Zero is displayed if the boost or starting speed is not active. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 917   Hibernation motor motor restarts   Hibernation mode supplies total setpoint for ramp-fct generator   Hibernation mode bypasses ramp-fct generator in setpoint channel Dependency: See also: p2398 See also: A07325 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 918 [10] = Fixed value -20 % [11] = Fixed value -50 % [12] = Fixed value -100 % [13] = Fixed value -150 % [14] = Fixed value -200 % SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 919 [2] = d-flux iq1 [3] = d-flux iq2 [4] = d-current error iq0 [5] = d-current error iq1 [6] = d-current error iq2 Note RESM: reluctance synchronous motor (synchronous reluctance motor) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 920 The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message bit. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Fault converter information electronics/software error   Network fault SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 921 The infeed is faulted or has failed. Check the infeed and the surroundings (line supply, filter, reactors, fuses, ...). Check the closed-loop infeed control. For bit 15: Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 922 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High   PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High   PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Dependency: See also: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 923 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High   PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High   PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Dependency: See also: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 924 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 8060 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Displays the component number of the oldest fault that is still active. Dependency: See also: r2131, r3131 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 925 Sets the time constant for the PT1 element to smooth the torque actual value. The smoothed torque actual value is compared with the threshold values and is only used for messages and signals. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 926 200.0 [%] 110.0 [%] Description: Sets the maximum limit value for the calculated optimum flux. Dependency: See also: p1401, r3313, p3315 Note The function is activated via p1401.14 = 1. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 927 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 100.00 50.00 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 928 See also: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329 Note The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 929 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.00 100.00 100.00 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 930 The control signals are dependent on the signal states at the digital inputs. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal     Reversing   ON inverted   Reversing inverted Dependency: See also: p3330, p3331, p3332, p3334 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 931 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 932 Recommended forming duration depending on the storage time: 1 - 2 years: p3380 = 1 hour 2 - 3 years: p3380 = 2 hours >3 years: p3380 = 8 hours SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 933 Displays the status word of the "DC link capacitor forming" function. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Forming activated   Forming active   Forming completed   Forming fault Dependency: See also: p3380, r3381 See also: F07390, A07391 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 934 OFF1 or OFF3. This permits braking with controlled motor frequency and minimum power input into the motor. Effective braking without using additional hardware components is obtained by optimizing the ramp down time and compound braking. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 935 Display and connector output for the status word of the compound braking and DC quantity control. Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal   Compound braking active   DC quantity control active in the overmodulation range Dependency: See also: p3856 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 936 Enable the response OFF2 WARNING For p3881 = 4: If the technology controller is used as setpoint source, then this must first be configured. p2251 must be set to 0. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 937 The direction reversal is not taken into account if p3881 = 4 is set (technology controller) and the technology controller is also active as the setpoint source. Note ESM: Essential Service Mode SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 938 Function diagram: 7033 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the essential service mode (ESM). Bit array: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 939 When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten. If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: induction motor: p0320, p0352, p0362 ...
  • Page 940 Deactivate vibration detection   Deactivate pulse measurement Lq Ld   Deactivate rotor resistance Rr measurement   Deactivate valve interlocking time measurement   Determine only stator resistance, valve voltage fault, dead time SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 941 0 signal   Wobble U_generate to determine dead-time correction   Wobble U_generate to determine stator resistance   Wobble U_generation to determine rotor time constant   Wobble U_generation to determine leakage inductance SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 942   EmergOff button   Emergency Stop category 0   Emergency Stop category 1   Emergency Stop category 1 24 V   Braking Module (25 kW)   Braking Module (50 kW) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 943 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 944   Parameter download using commissioning software   Reset Control Unit   100: Start initialization   101: Only for internal Siemens use   110: Instantiate Control Unit basis   111: Only for internal Siemens use   112: Only for internal Siemens use  ...
  • Page 945 Wait for fault acknowledge   325: Wait for input of drive type   350: Determine drive type   360: Only for internal Siemens use   370: Wait until p0010 is set to 0   380: Only for internal Siemens use   550: Call conversion functions for parameter  ...
  • Page 946 DI 1 (X9.4, external fault) Simulation Terminal eval   DI 2 (X9.5, Emergency Off category 0) Simulation Terminal eval   DI 3 (X9.6, Emergency Off category 1) Simulation Terminal eval SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 947 - parameter p5350 is not active. Internally, a fixed boost factor of 1.333 is used as basis for the calculation. The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1: - parameter p5350 becomes active as described above. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 948 See also: F07011, A07012, F07013, A07014 NOTICE When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 949 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: 2381 Min: Max: Factory setting: 300000 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] [0] 300000 [ms] [1] 480000 [ms] SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 950 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: [0] 0110 bin [1] 0000 bin Description: Sets the mode-dependent properties for energy-saving. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 951 For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded. Dependency: See also: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768 NOTICE An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. Note KHP: Know-How Protection SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 952 Extended copy protection is active   Basic copy protection is active   Trace and measuring functions for diagnostic purposes active Yes   Reserved Siemens Dependency: See also: p7761, p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 953 Sets the behavior for write protection when accessing via multi-master fieldbus systems (e.g. CAN, BACnet). Value: Write access independent of p7761   Write access dependent on p7761 Dependency: See also: r7760, p7761 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 954 Extended copy protection - linked to the memory card and CU Yes   Basic copy protection - linked to the memory card   Permit trace and measuring functions for diagnostic purposes Yes Dependency: See also: p7766, p7767, p7768 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 955 Factory setting: Description: Sets the new password for know-how protection. Dependency: See also: p7766, p7768 Note KHP: Know-How Protection When reading, p7767[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 956 Delete NVRAM data in the device   Error when clearing   Error when backing up, memory card not available   Error when backing up, insufficient memory space   Error when backing up SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 957 = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8 r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20 r7843[20] = 0 dec Serial number = 111923E SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 958 Displays the number of hardware sampling times that can still be assigned. These free sampling times can be used by OA applications such as DCC or FBLOCKS. Note OA: Open Architecture SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 959 When displaying the fault time and alarm time, the switchover to daylight saving time is not taken into account. The parameter is not reset when the factory setting is restored (p0010 = 30, p0970). RTC: Real-time clock SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 960 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Displays the actual time difference in hours for the daylight saving time SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 961 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 962 Sets the switch-on time in hours and minutes for time switch 1 (DTC1). BO: r8413 = 1 signal: The condition for the set weekday (p8410) and switch-on time has been fulfilled. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 963 See also: p8409, p8410, p8411, p8412 NOTICE This parameter can only be changed by p8409 when the setting switch-on time has reached. Note DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 964 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 965 Sets the weekday on which timer 3 is activated (DTC3). The switch-on/off time is set in p8431/p8432 and the result displayed via binector output r8433. Value: Weekday deactivated   Weekday activated SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 966 Index: [0] = Hour (0 ... 23) [1] = Minute (0 ... 59) Dependency: See also: p8409, p8430, r8433 NOTICE This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 967 Reserved   Reserved   Reserved   Acknowledge fault   Jog bit 0 3030   Jog bit 1 3030   Reserved   Direction reversal (setpoint)   Reserved   Reserved   Reserved SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 968 [10] = Master control by PLC [11] = Direction reversal (setpoint) [12] = Enable speed controller [13] = Motorized potentiometer raise [14] = Motorized potentiometer lower [15] = CDS bit 0 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 969 Displays the macro file saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card/device memory. Dependency: See also: p0015 Note For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 970 Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the configuration for the content of identification and maintenance 4 (I&M 4, p8809). Value: Standard value for I&M 4 (p8809) SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 971 - hh: hours 00 ... 23 - mm: minutes 00 ... 59 Separators must be placed between the individual data, i.e. a hyphen '-', space ' ' and colon ':'. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 972 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: State display for PROFINET. Value: No initialization   Fatal fault   Initialization   Send configuration   Receive configuration SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 973 Displays the PROFINET identification data Index: [0] = Version interface structure [1] = Version interface driver [2] = Company (Siemens = 42) [3] = CB type [4] = Firmware version [5] = Firmware date (year) [6] = Firmware date (day/month)
  • Page 974 Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. The actual standard gateway is displayed in r8932. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 975 Setting to activate the interface configuration for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. p8925 is automatically set to 0 at the end of the operation. Value: No function   Reserved   Activate and save configuration SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 976 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 977 Sets the profile for Ethernet/IP. Value: SINAMICS   ODVA AC/DC Note Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. ODVA: Open DeviceNet Vendor Association SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 978 Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the scaling for the torque for Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1). Value: 123:   124:   125:   126: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 979 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 980 For bit 02, 00: Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted. Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card. Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible. Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.
  • Page 981 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. Dependency: See also: r9406, r9407 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 982 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T, U Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: 4294967295 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 983 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 984 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Function diagram: - Min: Max: Factory setting: SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 985 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Diagnostics parameter to display additional information for internal software errors. Note Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. p11000 BI: Free tec_ctrl 0 enable / Ftec0 enab   Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary...
  • Page 986   inch³/h   lb/s   lb/min   lb/h     lbf ft       parts/min     ft³/s   ft³/min   BTU/min   BTU/h   mbar   inch wg SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 987 1 signal 0 signal   Deactivated   Limited   Actual value at the minimum   Actual value at the maximum   Output at the minimum   Output at the maximum SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 988 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the inversion of the system deviation of the free technology controller 0. The setting depends on the type of control loop. Value: No inversion SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 989 Min: Max: Factory setting: -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 0. Dependency: See also: p11064 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 990 Function diagram: 7030 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 1000.000 1.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain (P component) of the free technology controller 0. Note Value = 0: The proportional gain is deactivated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 991 Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11091, p11092) of the free technology controller 0. Dependency: See also: p11091, p11092 Note The ramp-up/ramp-down times are referred to 100%. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 992 Description: Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 1. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 993   inch³/h   lb/s   lb/min   lb/h     lbf ft       parts/min     ft³/s   ft³/min   BTU/min   BTU/h   mbar   inch wg SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 994 1 signal 0 signal   Deactivated   Limited   Actual value at the minimum   Actual value at the maximum   Output at the minimum   Output at the maximum SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 995 Min: Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the inversion of the system deviation of the free technology controller 1. The setting depends on the type of control loop. Value: No inversion SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 996 Min: Max: Factory setting: -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 1. Dependency: See also: p11164 SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 997 Function diagram: 7030 Min: Max: Factory setting: 0.000 1000.000 1.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain (P component) of the free technology controller 1. Note Value = 0: The proportional gain is deactivated. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 998 Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11191, p11192) of the free technology controller 1. Dependency: See also: p11191, p11192 Note The ramp-up/ramp-down times are referred to 100%. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 999 Description: Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 2. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out. SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 1000   inch³/h   lb/s   lb/min   lb/h     lbf ft       parts/min     ft³/s   ft³/min   BTU/min   BTU/h   mbar   inch wg SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 1001 1 signal 0 signal   Deactivated   Limited   Actual value at the minimum   Actual value at the maximum   Output at the minimum   Output at the maximum SINAMICS G120XA PN converter Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...
  • Page 1002 Max: Factory setting: Description: Sets the inversion of the system deviation of the free technology controller 2. The setting depends on the type of control loop. Value: No inversion SINAMICS G120XA PN converter 1000 Operating Instructions, 12/2024, FW V1.05, A5E51610273A-AB...

This manual is also suitable for:

Sinamics g120xa pn

Table of Contents

Save PDF